SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ARTIFICIA INTELLIGENCE

AND DATA SCIENCE

B. Tech – FULL TIME (Curriculum)

Regulation 2022
 I - VIII SEMESTERS CURRICULUM
SEMESTER I
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No. CODE
THEORY
1. 22147IP Induction Programme - - - 0
2. 22147S11 Professional English - I 3 0 0 3
3. 22148S12 Matrices and Calculus 3 1 0 4
4. 22149S13 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3
5. 22149S14 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3
Problem Solving and Python
6. 22150S15 3 0 0 3
Programming
PRACTICALS
Problem Solving and Python
7. 22150L16 0 0 4 2
Programming Laboratory
8. 22149L17 Physics and Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 4 2
9. 22147L18 Communication Laboratory – I 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 15 1 10 21

SEMESTER II
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No. CODE
THEORY
1. 22147S21 Professional English – II 3 0 0 3
2. 22148S22 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4
3. 22149S23A Physics for Information Science 3 0 0 3
4. 22154S24 Engineering Graphics 2 0 4 4
Basic Electrical and Electronics
5. 22153S25A 3 0 0 3
Engineering
6. 221AIDS26 Data Structures Design 3 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
7. 22154L27 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 4 2
Data Structures Design
8. 221AIDL28 0 0 4 2
Laboratory
9. 22147L29 Communication Laboratory – II 0 0 4 2
TOTAL 17 1 16 26
 SEMESTER III
COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
THEORY
1. 22148S31A Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4
*Digital Principles and Computer
2. 221AIDS32 3 0 2 4
Organization
3. 221AIDC33 Database Design and Management 3 0 0 3
4. 221AIDC34 *Design and Analysis of Algorithm 3 0 2 4
5. 221AIDC35 *DataExploration and Visualization 3 0 2 4
6. 221AIDC36 Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
Database Design and Management 0 0 3 2
7. 221AIDL37 Laboratory
8. 221AIDL38 Artificial Intelligence Laboratory 0 0 3 2
9. 221AIDL39 Professional Development 0 0 2 1
TOTAL 18 1 14 27

SEMESTER IV
COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
THEORY
1. 22148S41A Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4
2. 221AIDC42 *Operating Systems 3 0 2 4
3. 221AIDC43 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3
221AIDC44 Fundamentals of Data Science and
4. 3 0 0 3
Analysis
5. 221AIDC45 *Computer Networks 3 0 2 4
22149S46 Environmental Sciences and
6. 2 0 0 2
Sustainability
PRACTICALS
Data Science and Analysis
7. 221AIDL47 0 0 4 2
Laboratory
8. 221AIDL48 Machine Learning Laboratory 0 0 4 2
TOTAL 17 0 12 24
 SEMESTER V
COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
THEORY
1. 221AIDC51 Deep Learning 3 0 0 3
2. 221AIDC52 Data and Information Security 3 0 0 3
3. 221AIDC53 Distributed Computing 3 0 0 3
4. 221AIDC54 *Big Data Analytics 2 0 2 3
5. 221AIDC55_ *Professional Elective I 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC56_ *Professional Elective II 2 0 2 3
7. 22147MC57_ Mandatory Course – I 3 0 0 0
PRACTICALS
8. 221AIDL58 Deep Learning Laboratory 0 0 4 2
9. 221AIDL59 Summer internship 0 0 0 2
TOTAL 18 0 10 22

SEMESTER VI

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
THEORY
*Embedded Systems and IOT
1. 22152S61 3 0 2 4
Design
2. 221_ _OE62_ Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3
3. 221AIDC63_ *Professional Elective – III 2 0 2 3
4. 221AIDC64_ *Professional Elective – IV 2 0 2 3
5. 221AIDC65_ *Professional Elective – V 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC66_ *Professional Elective – VI 2 0 2 3
7. 22147MC67_ Mandatory Course - II 3 0 0 0
TOTAL 17 0 10 19
 SEMESTER VII
COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
THEORY
1. 22147S71 Human Values and Ethics 2 0 0 2
2. 221_ _OE73_ Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
3. 221_ _OE74_ Open Elective – III 3 0 0 3
4. 221_ _OE75_ Open Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
5. 22160E75_ Elective Management 3 0 0 3
TOTAL 14 0 0 14

SEMESTER VIII
COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
PRACTICALS
1. 221AIDC81 Project Work/ Internship 0 0 20 10
TOTAL 0 0 20 10
TOTAL NO. OF CREDITS: 163
 LIST OF ELECTIVES

ELECTIVE - I (SEMESTER V)
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
2 3
1. 221AIDC55A Knowledge Engineering 2 0
2. 221AIDC55B RecommenderSystems 2 0 2 3
3. 221AIDC55C Soft Computing 2 0 2 3
Text and Speech 2 0 2 3
4. 221AIDC55D
Analysis
5. 221AIDC55E Business Analytics 2 0 2 3
Image and video 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC55F
analytics
7. 221AIDC55G Computer Vision 2 0 2 3

ELECTIVE – II (SEMESTER V)
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
2 0 2 3
1. 221AIDC56A Web Technologies
2. 221AIDC56B App Development 2 0 2 3
Cloud Services 2 0 2 3
3. 221AIDC56C
Management
4. 221AIDC56D UI and UX Design 2 0 2 3
221AIDC56E Software Testing and 2 0 2 3
5.
Automation
221AIDC56F Web Application 2 0 2 3
6.
Security
7. 221AIDC56G Dev-ops 2 0 2 3
Principles of 3 0 0 3
8.
221AIDC56H ProgrammingLanguages

6
 ELECTIVE – III (SEMESTER VI)
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
2 0 2 3
1. 221AIDC63A Cloud Computing
2. 221AIDC63B Virtualization 2 0 2 3
3. 221AIDC63C Ethics and AI 2 0 2 3
4. 221AIDC63D Data Warehousing 2 0 2 3
5. 221AIDC63E Storage Technologies 2 0 2 3
Software Defined 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC63F
Networks
7. 221AIDC63G Stream Processing 2 0 2 3
Security and Privacy in 2 0 2 3
8. 221AIDC63H
Cloud

ELECTIVE – IV (SEMESTER VI)

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
22AIDC64A Ethical Hacking 2 0 2 3
1.
22AIDC64B Digital and MobileForensics 2 0 2 3
2. works
3. 22AIDC64C Social Network Security 2 0 2 3

4. 22AIDC64D Modern Cryptography 2 0 2 3

22AIDC64E Engineering Secure 2 0 2 3
5. Software Systems
22AIDC64F Cryptocurrency and 2 0 2 3
6. Blockchain Technologies

7. 22AIDC64G Network Security 2 0 2 3

8. 22AIDC64H Optimization Techniques 2 0 2 3

7
 ELECTIVE - V (SEMESTER VI)
Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
Augmented 2 0 2 3
1. 221AIDC65A
Reality/Virtual Reality
Multimedia and 2 0 2 3
2. 221AIDC65B
Animation
Video Creation and 2 0 2 3
3. 221AIDC65C
Editing
4. 221AIDC65D UI and UX Design 2 0 2 3
5. 221AIDC65E Digital marketing 2 0 2 3
Multimedia Data 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC65F Compression and
Storage
7. 221AIDC65G Game Development 2 0 2 3
8. 221AIDC65H Visual Effects 2 0 2 3

ELECTIVE - VI (SEMESTER VI)

Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
Augmented 2 0 2 3
1. 221AIDC66A
Reality/Virtual Reality
Robotic Process 2 0 2 3
2. 221AIDC66B
Automation
Neural Networks and 2 0 2 3
3. 221AIDC66C
Deep Learning
4. 221AIDC66D Cyber security 2 0 2 3
5. 221AIDC66E Quantum Computing 2 0 2 3
Cryptocurrency and 2 0 2 3
6. 221AIDC66F Block chain
Technologies
7. 221AIDC66G Game Development 2 0 2 3
3D Printing and 2 0 2 3
8. 221AIDC66H
Design

8
 ELECTIVE - VII (SEMESTER VII)

Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
1. 22160E75A Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

2. 22160E75B Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3

3. 22160E75C Industrial Management 3 0 0 3

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES

SEMESTER VI
OPEN ELECTIVE-I

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE

Civil 22155OE61 Climate Change and its Impact 3 0 0 3

EEE 22153OE61 Renewable Energy System 3 0 0 3
Introduction to Industrial
Mech 22154OE61 3 0 0 3
Engineering
CSE 22150OE61 Graph Theory 3 0 0 3
ECE
22152OE61 Deep Learning 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VII

OPEN ELECTIVE-II

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
Civil 22155OE72 IT in Agriculture System 3 0 0 3

EEE 22153OE72 Introduction to ControlEngineering

3 0 0 3
Mech 22154OE72 Aviation Management 3 0 0 3
CSE 22150OE72 Dev-Ops 3 0 0 3
ECE 22152OE72 Robotics Process Automation 3 0 0 3

9
 OPEN ELECTIVE-III

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
22147OE73A English for Competitive Examinations
1 3 0 0 3

22153OE73A Renewable Energy

2 Technologies(EEE) 3 0 0 3

22153OE73B Electric and Hybrid Vehicle(EEE)

3 3 0 0 3

22154OE73A Introduction to non-destructive testing

4 (MECHANICALENGINEERING) 3 0 0 3
5 22154OE73B Industrial Management
3 0 0 3
22152OE73A Biomedical Instrumentation (ECE)
6 3 0 0 3
22152OE73B Fundamentals of Electronic Devices
7 and Circuits(ECE) 3 0 0 3

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

COURSE
Sl. No COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE
Additive Manufacturing
1 22154OE74A (MECHANICAL 3 0 0 3
ENGINEERING)
Industrial Safety (MECHANICAL
2 22154OE74B ENGINEERING) 3 0 0 3

22153OE74A Sensors (EEE)

3 3 0 0 3

22153OE74B Electrical, Electronic and Magnetic

4 materials(EEE) 3 0 0 3
22152OE74A Wearable devices (ECE)
5 3 0 0 3

22152OE74B Medical Informatics(ECE)

6 3 0 0 3

10
 LIST OF MANDATORY COURSES

MANDATORY COURSE – I (SEMESTER V)

Sl.
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P C
No
Introduction to Women and Gender
1. 22147MC57A 3 0 0 0
Studies

2. 22147MC57B Elements of Literature 3 0 0 0

3. 22147MC57C Film Appreciation 3 0 0 0

4. 22147MC57D Disaster Risk Reduction and 3 0 0 0

Management

MANDATORY COURSE – II (SEMESTER VI)

Sl. COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P C
No CODE
Well Being with Traditional
1. 22147MC67A Practices (Yoga, Ayurveda and 3 0 0 0
Siddha)
History of Science and
2. 22147MC67B 3 0 0 0
Technology in India
Political and Economic Thought
3. 22147MC67C 3 0 0 0
for a Humane Society
State, Nation Building and
4. 22147MC67D 3 0 0 0
Politics in India
5. 22147MC67E Industrial Safety 3 0 0 0

11
 B.TECH (FULL TIME) – AI& DS – R-2022

CREDITS DISTRIBUTION

CGPA CREDITS

ElectiveCourses
Core Courses Foundation
Mandatory
Sem. Theory Practical Dept. Electiv Courses
Courses Courses
Credits Credits Credits
Nos. Credits Nos. Credits Nos. Credits Nos. Nos. Nos.
I 01 3 03 5 - - - - 04 13 - - 21
II 02 7 03 6 - - - - 04 14 - - 26
III 05 17 03 5 - - - - 01 4 - - 27
IV 05 17 02 4 - - - - 01 3 - - 24
V 03 10 01 2 03 9 - - - - 1 0 22
VI 02 8 - - 03 9 01 3 - - 1 0 19
VII - - 01 2 01 3 03 9 01 2 - - 14
VIII - - 01 10 - - - - - - - - 10
TOTAL CREDITS 163
NON CGPA CREDITS

Non- CGPA Credits

Sem.

No of Credit
Courses s
I 01 00
II - -
III - -
IV - -
V 01 00
VI 01 00
VII - -
VIII - -
Total 03 00

12
*NOTE: Theory & Practical course mark allocation: LTPC
30 2 4

COMPONENT MARKS
Theory 100
Practical 100
Total 200

200 convert to 70marks + internal 30mark=100Marks

If the candidate either fail or absent in any one of the component (Theory or Practical),
He/She should be considering as fail. He/She has to reappear both (Theory and Practical)
components.

13
22147IP INDUCTION PROGRAMME

This is a mandatory 2 week programme to be conducted as soon as the students enter the institution.
Normal classes start only after the induction program is over.

The induction programme has been introduced by AICTE with the following objective:

“Engineering colleges were established to train graduates well in the branch/department of

admission, have a holistic outlook, and have a desire to work for national needs and beyond. The
graduating student must have knowledge and skills in the area of his/her study. However, he/she
must also have a broad understanding of society and relationships. Character needs to be nurtured
as an essential quality by which he/she would understand and fulfill his/her responsibility as an
engineer, a citizen and a human being. Besides the above, several meta-skills and underlying values
are needed.”

“One will have to work closely with the newly joined students in making them feel comfortable, allow
them to explore their academic interests and activities, reduce competition and make them work for
excellence, promote bonding within them, build relations between teachers and students, give a
broader view of life, and build character. “

Hence, the purpose of this programme is to make the students feel comfortable in their new
environment, open them up, set a healthy daily routine, create bonding in the batch as well as
between faculty and students, develop awareness, sensitivity and understanding of the self, people
around them, society at large, and nature.

The following are the activities under the induction program in which the student would be fully
engaged throughout the day for the entire duration of the program.

(i) Physical Activity

This would involve a daily routine of physical activity with games and sports, yoga, gardening, etc.

(ii) Creative Arts

Every student would choose one skill related to the arts whether visual arts or performing arts.
Examples are painting, sculpture, pottery, music, dance etc. The student would pursue it everyday
for the duration of the program. These would allow for creative expression. It would develop a sense
of aesthetics and
also enhance creativity which would, hopefully, grow into engineering design later.

(iii) Universal Human Values

This is the anchoring activity of the Induction Programme. It gets the student to explore oneself and
allows one to experience the joy of learning, stand up to peer pressure, make decisions with courage,
be aware of relationships with colleagues and supporting stay in the hostel and department, be
sensitive to others, etc. A module in Universal Human Values provides the base. Methodology of
teaching this content is extremely important. It must not be through do's and don'ts, but get students
to explore and think by engaging them in a dialogue. It is best taught through group discussions and
real life activities rather than lecturing.
Discussions would be conducted in small groups of about 20 students with a faculty.

14
mentor each. It would be effective that the faculty mentor assigned is also the faculty advisor for the
student for the full duration of the UG programme.
(iv) Literary Activity

Literary activity would encompass reading, writing and possibly, debating, enacting a play etc.

(v) Proficiency Modules

This would address some lacunas that students might have, for example, English, computer
familiarity etc.

(vi) Lectures by Eminent People

Motivational lectures by eminent people from all walks of life should be arranged to give the students
exposure to people who are socially active or in public life.

(vii) Visits to Local Area

A couple of visits to the landmarks of the city, or a hospital or orphanage could be organized. This
would familiarize them with the area as well as expose them to the underprivileged.

(viii) Familiarization to Dept./Branch & Innovations

They should be told about what getting into a branch or department means what role it plays in
society, through its technology. They should also be shown the laboratories, workshops & other
facilities.

(ix) Department Specific Activities

About a week can be spent in introducing activities (games, quizzes, social interactions, small
experiments, design thinking etc.) that are relevant to the particular branch of Engineering /
Technology / Architecture that can serve as a motivation and kindle interest in building things
(become a maker) in that particular field. This can be conducted in the form of a workshop. For
example, CSE and IT students may be introduced to activities that kindle computational thinking, and
get them to build simple games. ECE students may be introduced to building simple circuits as an
extension of their knowledge in Science, and so on. Students may be asked to build stuff using their
knowledge of science.

Induction Programme is totally an activity based programme and therefore there shall be no
tests / assessments during this programme.

References:
Guide to Induction program from AICTE

15
 22147S11 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH I LTPC
3 0 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To improve the communicative competence of learners
 To learn to use basic grammatic structures in suitable contexts
 To acquire lexical competence and use them appropriately in a sentence and understand
their meaning in a text
 To help learners use language effectively in professional contexts
 To develop learners’ ability to read and write complex texts, summaries, articles, blogs,
definitions, essays and user manuals.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION 1

What is effective communication? (Explain using activities) Why is communication critical for
excellence during study, research and work? What are the seven C’s of effective communication?
What are key language skills? What is effective listening? What does it involve? What is effective
speaking? What does it mean to be an excellent reader? What should you be able to do? What is
effective writing? How does one develop language and communication skills? What does the course
focus on? How are communication and language skills going to be enhanced during this course?
What do you as a learner need to do to enhance your English language and communication skills to
get the best out of this course?

INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION 8

Reading - Reading brochures (technical context), telephone messages / social media messages
relevant to technical contexts and emails. Writing - Writing emails / letters introducing oneself.
Grammar - Present Tense ( simple and progressive); Question types: Wh/ Yes or No/ and Tags.
Vocabulary - Synonyms; One word substitution; Abbreviations & Acronyms (as used in technical
contexts).

UNIT II NARRATION AND SUMMATION 9

Reading - Reading biographies, travelogues, newspaper reports, Excerpts from literature, and travel
& technical blogs. Writing - Guided writing-- Paragraph writing Short Report on an event (field trip
etc.) Grammar –Past tense (simple); Subject-Verb Agreement; and Prepositions. Vocabulary - Word
forms (prefixes& suffixes); Synonyms and Antonyms. Phrasal verbs.

UNIT III DESCRIPTION OF A PROCESS / PRODUCT 9

Reading – Reading advertisements, gadget reviews; user manuals. Writing - Writing definitions;
instructions; and Product /Process description. Grammar - Imperatives; Adjectives; Degrees of
comparison; Present & Past Perfect Tenses. Vocabulary - Compound Nouns, Homonyms; and
Homophones, discourse markers (connectives & sequence words).

UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 9

Reading – Newspaper articles; Journal reports –and Non Verbal Communcation ( tables, pie charts
etc,. ). Writing – Note-making / Note-taking (*Study skills to be taught, not tested); Writing
recommendations; Transferring information from non verbal ( chart , graph etc, to verbal mode)
Grammar – Articles; Pronouns - Possessive & Relative pronouns. Vocabulary - Collocations; Fixed
/ Semi fixed expressions.

16
 UNIT V EXPRESSION 9
Reading – Reading editorials; and Opinion Blogs; Writing – Essay Writing (Descriptive or narrative).
Grammar – Future Tenses, Punctuation; Negation (Statements & Questions); and Simple,
Compound & Complex Sentences. Vocabulary - Cause & Effect Expressions – Content vs Function
words.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

LEARNING OUTCOMES :
At the end of the course, learners will be able
CO1:To use appropriate words in a professional context
CO2:To gain understanding of basic grammatic structures and use them in right context.
CO3:To read and infer the denotative and connotative meanings of technical texts
CO4:To write definitions, descriptions, narrations and essays on various topics

TEXT BOOKS :
1. English for Engineers & Technologists Orient Blackswan Private Ltd. Department of English,
Anna University, (2020 edition)
2. English for Science & Technology Cambridge University Press, 2021.
Authored by Dr. Veena Selvam, Dr. Sujatha Priyadarshini, Dr. Deepa Mary Francis, Dr. KN.
Shoba, and Dr. Lourdes Joevani, Department of English, Anna University.

REFERENCES:
1. Technical Communication – Principles And Practices By Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta
Sharma, Oxford Univ. Press, 2016, New Delhi.
2. A Course Book On Technical English By Lakshminarayanan, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt.
Ltd.
3. English For Technical Communication (With CD) By Aysha Viswamohan, Mcgraw Hill Education,
ISBN : 0070264244.
4. Effective Communication Skill, Kulbhusan Kumar, RS Salaria, Khanna Publishing House.
5. Learning to Communicate – Dr. V. Chellammal, Allied Publishing House, New Delhi,2003.

ASSESSMENT PATTERN
Two internal assessments and an end semester examination to test students’ reading and writing
skills along with their grammatical and lexical competence.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO PO2 PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 - 3 - - -
2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 - 3 - - -
3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
4 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
5 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - -
AVg. 1.6 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.5 3 3 3 1.6 3 3 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

17
 22148S12 MATRICES AND CALCULUS L T P C
3 1 0 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To develop the use of matrix algebra techniques that are needed by engineers for practical
applications.
 To familiarize the students with differential calculus.
 To familiarize the student with functions of several variables. This is needed in many
branches of engineering.
 To make the students understand various techniques of integration.
 To acquaint the student with mathematical tools needed in evaluating multiple integrals and
their applications.

UNIT I MATRICES 9+3

Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of Eigenvalues
and Eigenvectors – Cayley - Hamilton theorem – Diagonalization of matrices by orthogonal
transformation – Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation –
Nature of quadratic forms – Applications : Stretching of an elastic membrane.

UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 9+3

Representation of functions - Limit of a function - Continuity - Derivatives - Differentiation rules (sum,
product, quotient, chain rules) - Implicit differentiation - Logarithmic differentiation - Applications :
Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable.

UNIT III FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 9+3

Partial differentiation – Homogeneous functions and Euler’s theorem – Total derivative – Change of
variables – Jacobians – Partial differentiation of implicit functions – Taylor’s series for functions of two
variables – Applications : Maxima and minima of functions of two variables and Lagrange’s method
of undetermined multipliers.

UNIT IV INTEGRAL CALCULUS 9+3

Definite and Indefinite integrals - Substitution rule - Techniques of Integration : Integration by parts,
Trigonometric integrals, Trigonometric substitutions, Integration of rational functions by partial
fraction, Integration of irrational functions - Improper integrals - Applications : Hydrostatic force and
pressure, moments and centres of mass.

UNIT V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 9+3

Double integrals – Change of order of integration – Double integrals in polar coordinates – Area
enclosed by plane curves – Triple integrals – Volume of solids – Change of variables in double and
triple integrals – Applications : Moments and centres of mass, moment of inertia.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
CO1:Use the matrix algebra methods for solving practical problems.
CO2:Apply differential calculus tools in solving various application problems.
CO3:Able to use differential calculus ideas on several variable functions.
CO4:Apply different methods of integration in solving practical problems.
CO5:Apply multiple integral ideas in solving areas, volumes and other practical problems.

18
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kreyszig.E, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", John Wiley and Sons,
10 Edition, New Delhi, 2016.
th

2. Grewal.B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 44th

Edition , 2018.
3. James Stewart, " Calculus : Early Transcendentals ", Cengage Learning, 8th Edition, New
Delhi, 2015. [For Units II & IV - Sections 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.7 (Tangents problems only), 2.8,
3.1 to 3.6, 3.11, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1 (Area problems only), 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 (excluding net change
theorem), 5.5, 7.1 - 7.4 and 7.8 ].
REFERENCES:
1. Anton. H, Bivens. I and Davis. S, " Calculus ", Wiley, 10th Edition, 2016
2. Bali. N., Goyal. M. and Watkins. C., “ Advanced Engineering Mathematics ”, Firewall
Media (An imprint of Lakshmi Publications Pvt., Ltd.,), New Delhi, 7th Edition, 2009.
3. Jain . R.K. and Iyengar. S.R.K., “ Advanced Engineering Mathematics ”, Narosa
Publications, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2016.
4. Narayanan. S. and Manicavachagom Pillai. T. K., “Calculus" Volume I and II,
S. Viswanathan Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2009.
5. Ramana. B.V., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, 2016.
6. Srimantha Pal and Bhunia. S.C, "Engineering Mathematics" Oxford University Press, 2015.
7. Thomas. G. B., Hass. J, and Weir. M.D, " Thomas Calculus ", 14th Edition, Pearson India,
2018.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO2 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO4 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO5 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
Avg 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

19
 22149S13 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LT P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To make the students effectively achieve an understanding of mechanics.
 To enable the students to gain knowledge of electromagnetic waves and its applications.
 To introduce the basics of oscillations, optics and lasers.
 Equipping the students to successfully understand the importance of quantum physics.
 To motivate the students towards the applications of quantum mechanics.

UNIT I MECHANICS 9
Multi-particle dynamics: Center of mass (CM) – CM of continuous bodies – motion of the CM – kinetic
energy of the system of particles. Rotation of rigid bodies: Rotational kinematics – rotational kinetic
energy and moment of inertia - theorems of M .I –moment of inertia of continuous bodies – M.I of a
diatomic molecule - torque – rotational dynamics of rigid bodies – conservation of angular momentum
– rotational energy state of a rigid diatomic molecule - gyroscope - torsional pendulum – double
pendulum –Introduction to nonlinear oscillations.

UNIT II ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 9

The Maxwell’s equations - wave equation; Plane electromagnetic waves in vacuum, Conditions on
the wave field - properties of electromagnetic waves: speed, amplitude, phase, orientation and waves
in matter - polarization - Producing electromagnetic waves - Energy and momentum in EM waves:
Intensity, waves from localized sources, momentum and radiation pressure - Cell-phone reception.
Reflection and transmission of electromagnetic waves from a non-conducting medium- vacuum
interface for normal incidence.

UNIT III OSCILLATIONS, OPTICS AND LASERS 9

Simple harmonic motion - resonance –analogy between electrical and mechanical oscillatingsystems
- waves on a string - standing waves - traveling waves - Energy transfer of a wave - soundwaves -
Doppler effect. Reflection and refraction of light waves - total internal reflection - interference
–Michelson interferometer –Theory of air wedge and experiment. Theory of laser - characteristics
- Spontaneous and stimulated emission - Einstein’s coefficients - population inversion - Nd-YAG
laser, CO2 laser, semiconductor laser –Basic applications of lasers in industry.

UNIT IV BASIC QUANTUM MECHANICS 9

Photons and light waves - Electrons and matter waves –Compton effect - The Schrodinger equation
(Time dependent and time independent forms) - meaning of wave function - Normalization –Free
particle - particle in a infinite potential well: 1D,2D and 3D Boxes- Normalization, probabilities and
the correspondence principle.

UNIT V APPLIED QUANTUM MECHANICS 9

The harmonic oscillator(qualitative)- Barrier penetration and quantum tunneling(qualitative)-
Tunneling microscope - Resonant diode - Finite potential wells (qualitative)- Bloch’s theorem for
particles in a periodic potential –Basics of Kronig-Penney model and origin of energy bands.

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1:Understand the importance of mechanics.
CO2:Express their knowledge in electromagnetic waves.
20
CO3:Demonstrate a strong foundational knowledge in oscillations, optics and lasers.
CO4:Understand the importance of quantum physics.
CO5:Comprehend and apply quantum mechanical principles towards the formation of energy bands.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.Kleppner and R.Kolenkow. An Introduction to Mechanics. McGraw Hill Education (Indian
Edition), 2017.
2. E.M.Purcell and D.J.Morin, Electricity and Magnetism, Cambridge Univ.Press, 2013.
3. Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajan, S. Rai Choudhury, Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw-
Hill (Indian Edition), 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. R.Wolfson. Essential University Physics. Volume 1 & 2. Pearson Education (Indian Edition),
2009.
2. Paul A. Tipler, Physic – Volume 1 & 2, CBS, (Indian Edition), 2004.
3. K.Thyagarajan and A.Ghatak. Lasers: Fundamentals and Applications, Laxmi Publications,
(Indian Edition), 2019.
4. D.Halliday, R.Resnick and J.Walker. Principles of Physics, Wiley (Indian Edition), 2015.
5. N.Garcia, A.Damask and S.Schwarz. Physics for Computer Science Students. Springer-
Verlag, 2012.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO PO2 PO3 PO4 PO PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
5
1 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
2 3 3 2 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
3 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - 1 - - -
4 3 3 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - -
5 3 3 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
AV 3 3 1.6 1.2 1.8 1 - - - - - 1 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

21
 22149S14 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LT P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To inculcate sound understanding of water quality parameters and water treatment
techniques.
 To impart knowledge on the basic principles and preparatory methods of nanomaterials.
 To introduce the basic concepts and applications of phase rule and composites.
 To facilitate the understanding of different types of fuels, their preparation, properties and
combustion characteristics.
 To familiarize the students with the operating principles, working processes and applications
of energy conversion and storage devices.

UNIT I WATER AND ITS TREATMENT 9

Water: Sources and impurities, Water quality parameters: Definition and significance of-color, odour,
turbidity, pH, hardness, alkalinity, TDS, COD and BOD, fluoride and arsenic. Municipal water
treatment: primary treatment and disinfection (UV, Ozonation, break-point chlorination). Desalination
of brackish water: Reverse Osmosis. Boiler troubles: Scale and sludge, Boiler corrosion, Caustic
embrittlement, Priming & foaming. Treatment of boiler feed water: Internal treatment (phosphate,
colloidal, sodium aluminate and calgon conditioning) and External treatment – Ion exchange
demineralization and zeolite process.

UNIT II NANOCHEMISTRY 9
Basics: Distinction between molecules, nanomaterials and bulk materials; Size-dependent properties
(optical, electrical, mechanical and magnetic); Types of nanomaterials: Definition, properties and
uses of – nanoparticle, nanocluster, nanorod, nanowire and nanotube. Preparation of nanomaterials:
sol-gel, solvothermal, laser ablation, chemical vapour deposition, electrochemical
deposition and electro spinning. Applications of nanomaterials in medicine, agriculture, energy,
electronics and catalysis.

UNIT III PHASE RULE AND COMPOSITES 9

Phase rule: Introduction, definition of terms with examples. One component system - water system;
Reduced phase rule; Construction of a simple eutectic phase diagram - Thermal analysis; Two
component system: lead-silver system - Pattinson process.
Composites: Introduction: Definition & Need for composites; Constitution: Matrix materials (Polymer
matrix, metal matrix and ceramic matrix) and Reinforcement (fiber, particulates, flakes and whiskers).
Properties and applications of: Metal matrix composites (MMC), Ceramic matrix composites and
Polymer matrix composites. Hybrid composites - definition and examples.

UNIT IV FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9

Fuels: Introduction: Classification of fuels; Coal and coke: Analysis of coal (proximate and ultimate),
Carbonization, Manufacture of metallurgical coke (Otto Hoffmann method). Petroleum and Diesel:
Manufacture of synthetic petrol (Bergius process), Knocking - octane number, diesel oil - cetane
number; Power alcohol and biodiesel.
Combustion of fuels: Introduction: Calorific value - higher and lower calorific values, Theoretical
calculation of calorific value; Ignition temperature: spontaneous ignition temperature, Explosive
range; Flue gas analysis - ORSAT Method. CO2 emission and carbon footprint.

UNIT V ENERGY SOURCES AND STORAGE DEVICES 9

22
 Stability of nucleus: mass defect (problems), binding energy; Nuclear energy: light water nuclear
power plant, breeder reactor. Solar energy conversion: Principle, working and applications of solar
cells; Recent developments in solar cell materials. Wind energy; Geothermal energy; Batteries:
Types of batteries, Primary battery - dry cell, Secondary battery - lead acid battery and lithium-ion-
battery; Electric vehicles - working principles; Fuel cells: H2-O2 fuel cell, microbial fuel cell;
Supercapacitors: Storage principle, types and examples.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able:
CO1:To infer the quality of water from quality parameter data and propose suitable treatment
methodologies to treat water.
CO2:To identify and apply basic concepts of nanoscience and nanotechnology in designing the
synthesis of nanomaterials for engineering and technology applications.
CO3:To apply the knowledge of phase rule and composites for material selection requirements.
CO4:To recommend suitable fuels for engineering processes and applications.
CO5:To recognize different forms of energy resources and apply them for suitable applications in
energy sectors.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. P. C. Jain and Monica Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, 17th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Sivasankar B., “Engineering Chemistry”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New
Delhi, 2008.
3. S.S. Dara, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, S. Chand Publishing, 12th Edition,
2018
REFERENCES:
1. B. S. Murty, P. Shankar, Baldev Raj, B. B. Rath and James Murday, “Text book of
nanoscience and nanotechnology”, Universities Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and Materials
Science, 2018.
2. O.G. Palanna, “Engineering Chemistry” McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2nd
Edition, 2017.
3. Friedrich Emich, “Engineering Chemistry”, Scientific International PVT, LTD, New Delhi,
2014.
4. ShikhaAgarwal, “Engineering Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications”, Cambridge
University Press, Delhi, Second Edition, 2019.
5. O.V. Roussak and H.D. Gesser, Applied Chemistry-A Text Book for Engineers and
Technologists, Springer Science Business Media, New York, 2nd Edition, 2013.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 - - -
2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 - - - - - - - -
3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4 3 1 1 - - 1 2 - - - - - - - -
5 3 1 2 1 - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
CO 2.8 1.3 1.6 1 - 1.5 1.8 - - - 1.5 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

23
 22150S15 PROBLEM SOLVING AND PYTHON PROGRAMMING L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● To understand the basics of algorithmic problem solving.
● To learn to solve problems using Python conditionals and loops.
● To define Python functions and use function calls to solve problems.
● To use Python data structures - lists, tuples, dictionaries to represent complex data.
● To do input/output with files in Python.

UNIT I COMPUTATIONAL THINKING AND PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Fundamentals of Computing – Identification of Computational Problems -Algorithms, building blocks
of algorithms (statements, state, control flow, functions), notation (pseudo code,
flow chart, programming language), algorithmic problem solving, simple strategies for developing
algorithms (iteration, recursion). Illustrative problems: find minimum in a list, insert a cardin a list of
sorted cards, guess an integer number in a range, Towers of Hanoi.

UNIT II DATA TYPES, EXPRESSIONS, STATEMENTS 9

Python interpreter and interactive mode,debugging; values and types: int, float, boolean, string
, and list; variables, expressions, statements, tuple assignment, precedence of operators, comments;
Illustrative programs: exchange the values of two variables, circulate the values of n variables,
distance between two points.
UNIT III CONTROL FLOW, FUNCTIONS, STRINGS 9
Conditionals:Boolean values and operators, conditional (if), alternative (if-else),chained conditional
(if-elif-else);Iteration: state, while, for, break, continue, pass; Fruitful functions: return
values,parameters, local and global scope, function composition, recursion; Strings:string
slices,immutability, string functions and methods, string module; Lists as arrays.
Illustrative programs: square root, gcd, exponentiation, sum an array of numbers, linear search,
binary search.

UNIT IV LISTS, TUPLES, DICTIONARIES 9

Lists: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, list
parameters; Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value; Dictionaries: operations and methods;
advanced list processing - list comprehension; Illustrative programs: simple sorting, histogram,
Students marks statement, Retail bill preparation.

UNIT V FILES, MODULES, PACKAGES 9

Files and exceptions: text files, reading and writing files, format operator; command line arguments,
errors and exceptions, handling exceptions, modules, packages; Illustrative programs: word count,
copy file, Voter’s age validation, Marks range validation (0-100).
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Develop algorithmic solutions to simple computational problems.
CO2: Develop and execute simple Python programs.
CO3: Write simple Python programs using conditionals and loops for solving problems.
CO4: Decompose a Python program into functions.

24
 CO5: Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, dictionaries etc.
CO6: Read and write data from/to files in Python programs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think like a Computer Scientist”, 2nd Edition,
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016.
2. Karl Beecher, “Computational Thinking: A Beginner's Guide to Problem Solving and
Programming”, 1st Edition, BCS Learning & Development Limited, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “Python for Programmers”, Pearson Education, 1st Edition,
2021.
2. G Venkatesh and Madhavan Mukund, “Computational Thinking: A Primer for Programmers
and Data Scientists”, 1st Edition, Notion Press, 2021.
3. John V Guttag, "Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python: With
Applications to Computational Modeling and Understanding Data‘‘, Third Edition, MIT Press
, 2021
4. Eric Matthes, “Python Crash Course, A Hands - on Project Based Introduction to
Programming”, 2nd Edition, No Starch Press, 2019.
5. https://www.python.org/
6. Martin C. Brown, “Python: The Complete Reference”, 4th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2018.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO P PO2 PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
O 4
1
1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 -
2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 - -
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 - 3 - -
4 2 2 - 2 2 - - - - - 1 - 3 - -
5 1 2 - - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 - -
6 2 2 - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 - -
Avg 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 3 3 -

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

22150L16 PROBLEM SOLVING AND PYTHON PROGRAMMING LABORATORY L TPC

0 04 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the problem solving approaches.
 To learn the basic programming constructs in Python.
 To practice various computing strategies for Python-based solutions to real world problems.
 To use Python data structures - lists, tuples, dictionaries.
 To do input/output with files in Python.

EXPERIMENTS:
25
Note: The examples suggested in each experiment are only indicative. The lab instructor is
expected to design other problems on similar lines. The Examination shall not be restricted
to the sample experiments listed here.

1. Identification and solving of simple real life or scientific or technical problems, and developing
flow charts for the same. (Electricity Billing, Retail shop billing, Sin series, weight of a
motorbike, Weight of a steel bar, compute Electrical Current in Three Phase AC Circuit, etc.)
2. Python programming using simple statements and expressions (exchange the values of two
variables, circulate the values of n variables, distance between two points).
3. Scientific problems using Conditionals and Iterative loops. (Number series, Number Patterns,
pyramid pattern)
4. Implementing real-time/technical applications using Lists, Tuples. (Items present in a
library/Components of a car/ Materials required for construction of a building –operations of list
& tuples)
5. Implementing real-time/technical applications using Sets, Dictionaries. (Language,
components of an automobile, Elements of a civil structure, etc.- operations of Sets &
Dictionaries)
6. Implementing programs using Functions. (Factorial, largest number in a list, area of shape)
7. Implementing programs using Strings. (reverse, palindrome, character count, replacing
characters)
8. Implementing programs using written modules and Python Standard Libraries (pandas,
numpy. Matplotlib, scipy)
9. Implementing real-time/technical applications using File handling. (copy from one file to
another, word count, longest word)
10. Implementing real-time/technical applications using Exception handling. (divide by zero error,
voter’s age validity, student mark range validation)
11. Exploring Pygame tool.
12. Developing a game activity using Pygame like bouncing ball, car race etc.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1: Develop algorithmic solutions to simple computational problems
CO2: Develop and execute simple Python programs.
CO3: Implement programs in Python using conditionals and loops for solving problems..
CO4: Deploy functions to decompose a Python program.
CO5: Process compound data using Python data structures.
CO6: Utilize Python packages in developing software applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think like a Computer Scientist”, 2nd Edition,
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016.
2. Karl Beecher, “Computational Thinking: A Beginner's Guide to Problem Solving and
Programming”, 1st Edition, BCS Learning & Development Limited, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “Python for Programmers”, Pearson Education, 1st Edition,
2021.G Venkatesh and Madhavan Mukund, “Computational Thinking: A Primer for

26
 Programmers and Data Scientists”, 1st Edition, Notion Press, 2021.
2. John V Guttag, "Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python: With
Applications to Computational Modeling and Understanding Data”, Third Edition, MIT Press,
2021
3. Eric Matthes, “Python Crash Course, A Hands - on Project Based Introduction to
Programming”, 2nd Edition, No Starch Press, 2019.
4. https://www.python.org/
5. Martin C. Brown, “Python: The Complete Reference”, 4th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2018.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 -
2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 - -
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 - 3 - -
4 2 2 - 2 2 - - - - - 1 - 3 - -
5 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - -
6 2 2 - - 2 - - - - - 1 - 2 -
AVg. 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

27
 22149L17 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY LABORATORY L T P C
0 0 4 2
PHYSICS LABORATORY : (Any Seven Experiments)
COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To learn the proper use of various kinds of physics laboratory equipment.

 To learn how data can be collected, presented and interpreted in a clear and concise manner.
 To learn problem solving skills related to physics principles and interpretation of experimental
data.
 To determine error in experimental measurements and techniques used to minimize such
error.
 To make the student an active participant in each part of all lab exercises.
1. Torsional pendulum - Determination of rigidity modulus of wire and moment of inertia
of regular and irregular objects.
2. Simple harmonic oscillations of cantilever.
3. Non-uniform bending - Determination of Young’s modulus
4. Uniform bending – Determination of Young’s modulus
5. Laser- Determination of the wavelength of the laser using grating
6. Air wedge - Determination of thickness of a thin sheet/wire
7. a) Optical fibre -Determination of Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle
b) Compact disc- Determination of width of the groove using laser.
8. Acoustic grating- Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves in liquids.
9. Ultrasonic interferometer – determination of the velocity of sound and compressibility
of liquids
10. Post office box -Determination of Band gap of a semiconductor.
11. Photoelectric effect
12. Michelson Interferometer.
13. Melde’s string experiment
14. Experiment with lattice dynamics kit.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY: (Any seven experiments to be conducted)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To inculcate experimental skills to test basic understanding of water quality parameters,
such as, acidity, alkalinity, hardness, DO, chloride and copper.
 To induce the students to familiarize with electroanalytical techniques such as, pH metry,
potentiometry and conductometry in the determination of impurities in aqueous solutions.
 To demonstrate the analysis of metals and alloys.
 To demonstrate the synthesis of nanoparticles

1. Preparation of Na2CO3 as a primary standard and estimation of acidity of a water

sample using the primary standard
2. Determination of types and amount of alkalinity in a water sample.
- Split the first experiment into two
3. Determination of total, temporary & permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.
28
 4. Determination of DO content of water sample by Winkler’s method.
5. Determination of chloride content of water sample by Argentometric method.
6. Estimation of copper content of the given solution by Iodometry.
7. Estimation of TDS of a water sample by gravimetry.
8. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
9. Determination of strength of acids in a mixture of acids using conductivity meter.
10. Conductometric titration of barium chloride against sodium sulphate (precipitation
titration)
11. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using potentiometer.
12. Estimation of sodium /potassium present in water using a flame photometer.
13. Preparation of nanoparticles (TiO2/ZnO/CuO) by Sol-Gel method.stimation of Nickel in steel
14. Proximate analysis of Coal

COURSE OUTCOMES TOTAL : 30 PERIOD

CO1:To analyse the quality of water samples with respect to their acidity, alkalinity, hardness andDO.
CO2:To determine the amount of metal ions through volumetric and spectroscopic techniques
CO3:To analyse and determine the composition of alloys.
CO4:To learn simple method of synthesis of nanoparticles
CO5:To quantitatively analyse the impurities in solution by electroanalytical techniques

TEXT BOOKS :
1. J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, J.D. Barnes, M. Thomas and B. Sivasankar, Vogel’s Textbook
of Quantitative Chemical Analysis (2009).

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
3 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
5 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
AVG 3 2.4 2.6 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

29
 22147L18 COMMUNICATION LABORATORY-I LT P C
00 2 1
COURSE OBJECTIVES :
 To improve the communicative competence of learners
 To help learners use language effectively in academic /work contexts
 To develop various listening strategies to comprehend various types of audio materials like
lectures, discussions, videos etc.
 To build on students’ English language skills by engaging them in listening, speaking and
grammar learning activities that are relevant to authentic contexts.
 To use language efficiently in expressing their opinions via various media.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION 6
Listening for general information-specific details- conversation: Introduction to classmates - Audio /
video (formal & informal); Telephone conversation; Listening to voicemail & messages; Listening and
filling a form. Speaking - making telephone calls-Self Introduction; Introducing a friend; - politeness
strategies- making polite requests, making polite offers, replying to polite requests and offers-
understanding basic instructions( filling out a bank application for example).

UNIT II NARRATION AND SUMMATION 6

Listening - Listening to podcasts, anecdotes / stories / event narration; documentaries and interviews
with celebrities. Speaking - Narrating personal experiences / events-Talking about current and
temporary situations & permanent and regular situations* - describing experiences and feelings-
engaging in small talk- describing requirements and abilities.
UNIT III DESCRIPTION OF A PROCESS / PRODUCT 6
Listening - Listen to product and process descriptions; a classroom lecture; and advertisements
about products. Speaking – Picture description- describing locations in workplaces-Giving instruction
to use the product- explaining uses and purposes- Presenting a product- describing shapes and sizes
and weights- talking about quantities(large & small)-talking about precautions.

UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 6

Listening – Listening to TED Talks; Listening to lectures - and educational videos. Speaking – Small
Talk; discussing and making plans-talking about tasks-talking about progress- talking about positions
and directions of movement-talking about travel preparations- talking about transportation-

UNIT V EXPRESSION 6
Listening – Listening to debates/ discussions; different viewpoints on an issue; and panel
discussions. Speaking –making predictions- talking about a given topic-giving opinions-
understanding a website-describing processes
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, learners will be able
CO1:To listen to and comprehend general as well as complex academic information
CO2:To listen to and understand different points of view in a discussion
CO3:To speak fluently and accurately in formal and informal communicative contexts
CO4:To describe products and processes and explain their uses and purposes clearly and
accurately
CO5:To express their opinions effectively in both formal and informal discussions

30
ASSESSMENT PATTERN
 One online / app based assessment to test listening /speaking
 End Semester ONLY listening and speaking will be conducted online.
 Proficiency certification is given on successful completion of listening and speaking internal
test and end semester exam.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
4 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
5 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
AVg. 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation
Note: The average value of this course to be used for program articulation matrix.

31
22147S21 PROESSIONAL ENGLISH – II L TP C

2 00 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES :
 To engage learners in meaningful language activities to improve their reading and writing
skills
 To learn various reading strategies and apply in comprehending documents in professional
context.
 To help learners understand the purpose, audience, contexts of different types of writing
 To develop analytical thinking skills for problem solving in communicative contexts
 To demonstrate an understanding of job applications and interviews for internship and
placements

UNIT I MAKING COMPARISONS 6

Reading - Reading advertisements, user manuals, brochures; Writing – Professional emails, Email
etiquette - Compare and Contrast Essay; Grammar – Mixed Tenses, Prepositional phrases

UNIT II EXPRESSING CAUSAL RELATIONS IN SPEAKING AND WRITING 6

Reading - Reading longer technical texts– Cause and Effect Essays, and Letters / emails of complaint,
Writing - Writing responses to complaints. Grammar - Active Passive Voice transformations, Infinitive
and Gerunds

UNIT III PROBLEM SOLVING 6

Reading - Case Studies, excerpts from literary texts, news reports etc. Writing – Letter to the Editor,
Checklists, Problem solution essay / Argumentative Essay. Grammar – Error correction; If
conditional sentences

UNIT IV REPORTING OF EVENTS AND RESEARCH 6

Reading –Newspaper articles; Writing – Recommendations, Transcoding, Accident Report, Survey
Report Grammar – Reported Speech, Modals Vocabulary – Conjunctions- use of prepositions

UNIT V THE ABILITY TO PUT IDEAS OR INFORMATION COGENTLY 6

Reading – Company profiles, Statement of Purpose, (SOP), an excerpt of interview with
professionals; Writing – Job / Internship application – Cover letter & Resume; Grammar – Numerical
adjectives, Relative Clauses.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, learners will be able
CO1:To compare and contrast products and ideas in technical texts.
CO2:To identify and report cause and effects in events, industrial processes through technical texts
CO3:To analyse problems in order to arrive at feasible solutions and communicate them in the written
format.
CO4:To present their ideas and opinions in a planned and logical manner
CO5:To draft effective resumes in the context of job search.

32
TEXT BOOKS :
1. English for Engineers & Technologists (2020 edition) Orient Blackswan Private Ltd.
Department of English, Anna University.
2. English for Science & Technology Cambridge University Press 2021.
3. Authored by Dr. Veena Selvam, Dr. Sujatha Priyadarshini, Dr. Deepa Mary Francis, Dr. KN.
Shoba, and Dr. Lourdes Joevani, Department of English, Anna University.

REFERENCES:
1. Raman. Meenakshi, Sharma. Sangeeta (2019). Professional English. Oxford university press.
New Delhi.
2. Improve Your Writing ed. V.N. Arora and Laxmi Chandra, Oxford Univ. Press, 2001, NewDelhi.
3. Learning to Communicate – Dr. V. Chellammal. Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 2003
4. Business Correspondence and Report Writing by Prof. R.C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan, Tata
McGraw Hill & Co. Ltd., 2001, New Delhi.
5. Developing Communication Skills by Krishna Mohan, Meera Bannerji- Macmillan India Ltd.
1990, Delhi

ASSESSMENT PATTERN
Two internal assessments and an end semester examination to test students’ reading and writing
skills along with their grammatical and lexical competence.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO PO2 PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 4
1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
5 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 - - -
AVg 3 3 3 3 2.75 3 3 3 2.2 3 3 3 - - -
.
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Note: The average value of this course to be used for program articulation matrix.

33
 22148S22 STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS L T P C
3 10 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● This course aims at providing the necessary basic concepts of a few statistical and numerical
methods and give procedures for solving numerically different kinds of problems occurring in
engineering and technology.
● To acquaint the knowledge of testing of hypothesis for small and large samples which plays an
important role in real life problems.
● To introduce the basic concepts of solving algebraic and transcendental equations.
● To introduce the numerical techniques of interpolation in various intervals and numerical
techniques of differentiation and integration which plays an important role in engineering and
technology disciplines.
● To acquaint the knowledge of various techniques and methods of solving ordinary differential
equations.

UNIT I TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 9+3

sampling distributions - Tests for single mean, proportion and difference of means (Large and
smallsamples) -Tests for single variance and equality of variances – Chi square test for goodness of fit
-Independence of attributes.

UNIT II DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 9+3

One way and two way classifications - Completely randomized design – Randomized block design
– Latin square design - 22 factorial design.

UNIT III SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS 9+3

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Fixed point iteration method – Newton Raphson
method- Solution of linear system of equations - Gauss elimination method – Pivoting - Gauss Jordan
method – Iterative methods of Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel - Eigenvalues of a matrix by Power
method and Jacobi’s method for symmetric matrices.

UNIT IV INTERPOLATION, NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND NUMERICAL

INTEGRATION 9 +3
Lagrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolations – Newton’s forward and backward
difference interpolation – Approximation of derivates using interpolation polynomials – Numerical
single and double integrations using Trapezoidal and Simpson’s 1/3 rules.

UNIT V NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 9 +3

Single step methods: Taylor’s series method - Euler’s method - Modified Euler’s method - Fourth
order Runge-Kutta method for solving first order differential equations - Multi step methods: Milne’s
and Adams - Bash forth predictor corrector methods for solving first order differential equations.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1:Apply the concept of testing of hypothesis for small and large samples in real life problems.
CO2:Apply the basic concepts of classifications of design of experiments in the field of agriculture.
CO3:Appreciate the numerical techniques of interpolation in various intervals and apply the

34
numerical techniques of differentiation and integration for engineering problems.
CO4:Understandthe knowledge of various techniques and methods for solving first and second order
ordinary differential equations.
CO5:Solve the partial and ordinary differential equations with initial and boundary conditions by
using certain techniques with engineering applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grewal, B.S., and Grewal, J.S., "Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science", Khanna
Publishers, 10th Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Johnson, R.A., Miller, I and Freund J., “Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for
Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 8th Edition, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Burden, R.L and Faires, J.D, "Numerical Analysis”, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Devore. J.L., "Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences”, Cengage
Learning, New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2014.
3. Gerald. C.F. and Wheatley. P.O. "Applied Numerical Analysis” Pearson Education, Asia, New
Delhi, 7th Edition, 2007.
4. Gupta S.C. and Kapoor V. K., “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand &
Sons, New Delhi, 12th Edition, 2020.
5. Spiegel. M.R., Schiller. J. and Srinivasan. R.A., "Schaum’s Outlines on Probability and
Statistics ", Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 4th Edition, 2012.
6. Walpole. R.E., Myers. R.H., Myers. S.L. and Ye. K., “Probability and Statistics for Engineers
and Scientists", 9th Edition, Pearson Education, Asia, 2010.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO PO PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
8 9
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO3 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO4 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
CO5 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
Avg 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

35
 22149S23A PHYSICS FOR INFORMATION SCIENCE L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To make the students understand the importance in studying electrical properties of
materials.
 To enable the students to gain knowledge in semiconductor physics
 To instill knowledge on magnetic properties of materials.
 To establish a sound grasp of knowledge on different optical properties of materials, optical
displays and applications
 To inculcate an idea of significance of nano structures, quantum confinement, ensuing nano
device applications and quantum computing.

UNIT I ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Classical free electron theory - Expression for electrical conductivity – Thermal conductivity,
expression - Wiedemann-Franz law – Success and failures - electrons in metals – Particle in a three
dimensional box – degenerate states – Fermi- Dirac statistics – Density of energy states – Electron
in periodic potential – Energy bands in solids – tight binding approximation - Electron effective mass
– concept of hole.

UNIT II SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS 9

Intrinsic Semiconductors – Energy band diagram – direct and indirect band gap semiconductors –
Carrier concentration in intrinsic semiconductors – extrinsic semiconductors - Carrier concentration
in N-type & P-type semiconductors – Variation of carrier concentration with temperature – variation of
Fermi level with temperature and impurity concentration – Carrier transport in Semiconductor: random
motion, drift, mobility and diffusion – Hall effect and devices – Ohmic contacts – Schottky diode.

UNIT III MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Magnetic dipole moment – atomic magnetic moments- magnetic permeability and susceptibility - Magnetic
material classification: diamagnetism – paramagnetism – ferromagnetism – antiferromagnetic –
ferrimagnetism – Ferromagnetism: origin and exchange interaction- saturationmagnetization and Curie
temperature – Domain Theory- M versus H behaviour – Hard and soft magnetic materials – examples and
uses-– Magnetic principle in computer data storage – Magnetichard disc (GMR sensor).

UNIT IV OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Classification of optical materials – carrier generation and recombination processes - Absorption
emission and scattering of light in metals, insulators and semiconductors (concepts only) - photo
current in a P-N diode – solar cell - LED – Organic LED – Laser diodes – Optical data storage
techniques.

UNIT V NANODEVICES AND QUANTUM COMPUTING 9

Introduction - quantum confinement – quantum structures: quantum wells, wires and dots –– band gap
of nanomaterials. Tunneling – Single electron phenomena: Coulomb blockade - resonant- tunneling
diode – single electron transistor – quantum cellular automata - Quantum system for
information processing - quantum states – classical bits – quantum bits or qubits –CNOT gate -
multiple qubits – Bloch sphere – quantum gates – advantage of quantum computing over classical
computing.
TOTAL :45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:

36
At the end of the course, the students should be able to
CO1:gain knowledge on classical and quantum electron theories, and energy band structures
CO2:acquire knowledge on basics of semiconductor physics and its applications in various devices
CO3:get knowledge on magnetic properties of materials and their applications in data storage,
CO4:have the necessary understanding on the functioning of optical materials for optoelectronics
CO5:understand the basics of quantum structures and their applications and basics of quantum
computing
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jasprit Singh, “Semiconductor Devices: Basic Principles”, Wiley (Indian Edition), 2007.
2. S.O. Kasap. Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices, McGraw-Hill Education (Indian
Edition), 2020.
3. Parag K. Lala, Quantum Computing: A Beginner's Introduction, McGraw-Hill Education
(Indian Edition), 2020.

REFERENCES:
1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley India Edition, 2019.
2. Y.B.Band and Y.Avishai, Quantum Mechanics with Applications to Nanotechnology and
3. Information Science, Academic Press, 2013.
4. V.V.Mitin, V.A. Kochelap and M.A.Stroscio, Introduction to Nanoelectronics, Cambridge
Univ.Press, 2008.
5. G.W. Hanson, Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics, Pearson Education (Indian Edition) 2009.
6. B.Rogers, J.Adams and S.Pennathur, Nanotechnology: Understanding Small Systems, CRC
Press, 2014.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
3 3 - - 1 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
4 3 - 2 1 3 - 1 - - - - - - - -
5 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - 2 - - -
AVG 3 1.3 2 1.3 2.3 1 1.3 - - - - 2 - - -
1- Low,2-Medium,3-High,”-“-no correlation
Note: the average value of this course to be used for program articulation matrix.

37
 22154S24 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS L T P C

2 0 4 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main learning objective of this course is to prepare the students for:
• Drawing engineering curves.
• Drawing a freehand sketch of simple objects.
• Drawing orthographic projection of solids and section of solids.
• Drawing development of solids
• Drawing isometric and perspective projections of simple solids.

CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination)

Importance of graphics in engineering applications — Use of drafting instruments — BIS conventions
and specifications — Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets — Lettering and dimensioning.

UNIT I PLANE CURVES 6+12

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics — Construction of
ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method — Construction of cycloid — construction of
involutes of square and circle — Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACE 6+12

Orthographic projection- principles-Principal planes-First angle projection-projection of points.
Projection of straight lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method and traces. Projection of
planes (polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the principal planes by rotating object
method.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS AND FREEHAND SKETCHING 6+12

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone and truncated solids when the axis
is inclined to one of the principal planes and parallel to the other by rotating object method.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —Representation of Three
Dimensional objects — Layout of views- Freehand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of
objects.
Practicing three dimensional modeling of simple objects by CAD Software (Not for examination)

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTIONED SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF

SURFACES 6 +12
Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to one of the
principal planes and perpendicular to the other — obtaining true shape of section. Development of
lateral surfaces of simple and sectioned solids — Prisms, pyramids cylinders and cones.
Practicing three dimensional modeling of simple objects by CAD Software (Not for examination)

UNIT V ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS 6+12

Principles of isometric projection — isometric scale — isometric projections of simple solids and
truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones- combination of two solid objects in simple
vertical positions - Perspective projection of simple solids - Prisms, pyramids and cylinders by visual
ray method.
Practicing three dimensional modeling of isometric projection of simple objects by CAD Software (Not
38
for examination)
TOTAL: (L=30+P=60) 90 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1:Use BIS conventions and specifications for engineering drawing.
CO2:Construct the conic curves, involutes and cycloid.
CO3:Solve practical problems involving projection of lines.
CO4:Draw the orthographic, isometric and perspective projections of simple solids.
CO5:Draw the development of simple solids.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 53rd
Edition, 2019.
2. Natarajan K.V., “A Text Book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai,
2018.
3. Parthasarathy, N. S. and Vela Murali, “Engineering Drawing”, Oxford University Press, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2019.
2. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 27th Edition, 2017.
3. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an
introduction to Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Eastern Economy
Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Parthasarathy N. S. and Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford University, Press, New
Delhi, 2015.
5. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson Education India, 2nd Edition,
2009.
6. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics", New Age International (P)
Limited, 2008.

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
5
1 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
2 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
3 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
4 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
5 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
CO 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

39
22153S25A BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the basics of electric circuits and analysis
 To impart knowledge in the basics of working principles and application of electrical
machines
 To introduce analog devices and their characteristics
 To educate on the fundamental concepts of digital electronics
 To introduce the functional elements and working of measuring instruments

UNIT I ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 9

DC Circuits: Circuit Components: Conductor, Resistor, Inductor, Capacitor – Ohm’s Law - Kirchhoff’s
Laws –Independent and Dependent Sources – Simple problems- Nodal Analysis, Mesh analysis with
Independent sources only (Steady state)
Introduction to AC Circuits and Parameters: Waveforms, Average value, RMS Value, Instantaneous
power, real power, reactive power and apparent power, power factor – Steady state analysis of RLC
circuits (Simple problems only)

UNIT II ELECTRICAL MACHINES 9

Construction and Working principle- DC Separately and Self excited Generators, EMF equation,
Types and Applications. Working Principle of DC motors, Torque Equation, Types and Applications.
Construction, Working principle and Applications of Transformer, Three phase Alternator,
Synchronous motor and Three Phase Induction Motor.

UNIT III ANALOG ELECTRONICS 9

Resistor, Inductor and Capacitor in Electronic Circuits- Semiconductor Materials: Silicon
&Germanium – PN Junction Diodes, Zener Diode –Characteristics Applications – Bipolar Junction
Transistor-Biasing, JFET, SCR, MOSFET,IGBT – Types, I-V Characteristics and Applications,
Rectifier and Inverters

UNIT IV DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 9

Review of number systems, binary codes, error detection and correction codes, Combinational logic
- representation of logic functions-SOP and POS forms, K-map representations - minimization using
K maps (Simple Problems only).

UNIT V MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 9

Functional elements of an instrument, Standards and calibration, Operating Principle, types -

MovingCoil and Moving Iron meters, Measurement of three phase power, Energy Meter, Instrument
Transformers-CT and PT, DSO- Block diagram- Data acquisition.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Compute the electric circuit parameters for simple problems
CO2: Explain the working principle and applications of electrical machines
CO3: Analyze the characteristics of analog electronic devices
CO4: Explain the basic concepts of digital electronics
40
 CO5: Explain the operating principles of measuring instruments

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kothari DP and I.J Nagrath, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, Second Edition,
McGraw Hill Education, 2020S.K.Bhattacharya “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”,
Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2017.
2. Sedha R.S., “A textbook book of Applied Electronics”, S. Chand & Co., 2008
3. James A .Svoboda, Richard C. Dorf, “Dorf’s Introduction to Electric Circuits”, Wiley, 2018.
4. A.K. Sawhney, Puneet Sawhney ‘A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements &
Instrumentation’, Dhanpat Rai and Co, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Kothari DP and I.J Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill
2. Education, 2019.
3. Thomas L. Floyd, ‘Digital Fundamentals’, 11th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
4. Albert Malvino, David Bates, ‘Electronic Principles, McGraw Hill Education; 7th edition, 2017.
5. Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A. Edminister, “Electric Circuits”, Schaum’ Outline Series, McGraw
Hill, 2002.
6. H.S. Kalsi, ‘Electronic Instrumentation’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
3 2 1 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
4 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
5 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
CO 2 1.8 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

41
 221AIDS26 DATA STRUCTURES DESIGN L T PC
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● To understand the concepts of ADTs
● To design linear data structures – lists, stacks, and queues
● To understand sorting, searching and hashing algorithms
● To apply Tree and Graph structures

UNIT I ABSTRACT DATA TYPES 9

Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – ADTs and classes – introduction to OOP – classes in Python –
inheritance – namespaces – shallow and deep copying
Introduction to analysis of algorithms – asymptotic notations – recursion – analyzing recursive
algorithms

UNIT II LINEAR STRUCTURES 9

List ADT – array-based implementations – linked list implementations – singly linked lists – circularly
linked lists – doubly linked lists – applications of lists – Stack ADT – Queue ADT – double ended
queues

UNIT III SORTING AND SEARCHING 9

Bubble sort – selection sort – insertion sort – merge sort – quick sort – linear search – binary search
– hashing – hash functions – collision handling – load factors, rehashing, and efficiency
UNIT IV TREE STRUCTURES 9
Tree ADT – Binary Tree ADT – tree traversals – binary search trees – AVL trees – heaps – multi-
way search trees

UNIT V GRAPH STRUCTURES 9

Graph ADT – representations of graph – graph traversals – DAG – topological ordering – shortest
paths – minimum spanning trees
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1:explain abstract data types
CO2:Design, implement, and analyse linear data structures, such as lists, queues, and stacks,
according to the needs of different applications
CO3:design, implement, and analyse efficient tree structures to meet requirements such as
searching, indexing, and sorting
CO4:model problems as graph problems and implement efficient graph algorithms to solve them

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Michael H. Goldwasser, “Data Structures and
Algorithms in Python” (An Indian Adaptation), Wiley, 2021.
2. Lee, Kent D., Hubbard, Steve, “Data Structures and Algorithms with Python” Springer Edition
2015.
3. Narasimha Karumanchi, “Data Structures and Algorithmic Thinking with Python”
Careermonk, 2015.

42
REFERENCES:
1. Rance D. Necaise, “Data Structures and Algorithms Using Python”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and Clifford Stein, “Introduction
to Algorithms", Third Edition, PHI Learning, 2010.
3. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Fourth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2014
4. Aho, Hopcroft, and Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education India,
2002.

5. Porunai Civilization (Jointly Published by: Department of Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text
Bookand Educational Services Corporation, Tamil Nadu)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
2 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
3 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
CO 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

43
 22154L27 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY LTPC
0 042
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main learning objective of this course is to provide hands on training to the
students in:
1. Drawing pipe line plan; laying and connecting various pipe fittings used in common
household plumbing work; Sawing; planing; making joints in wood materials used in
commonhousehold wood work.

2. Wiring various electrical joints in common household electrical wire work.

3. Welding various joints in steel plates using arc welding work; Machining various simple
processes like turning, drilling, tapping in parts; Assembling simple mechanical
assembly of common household equipments; Making a tray out of metal sheet using
sheet metal work.

4. Soldering and testing simple electronic circuits; Assembling and testing simple
electronic components on PCB.

GROUP – A (CIVIL & ELECTRICAL)

PART I CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

PLUMBING WORK:
a) Connecting various basic pipe fittings like valves, taps, coupling, unions,
reducers,elbows and other components which are commonly used in
household.
b) Preparing plumbing line sketches.
c) Laying pipe connection to the suction side of a pump
d) Laying pipe connection to the delivery side of a pump.
e) Connecting pipes of different materials: Metal, plastic and flexible pipes
used inhousehold appliances.
WOOD WORK:
a) Sawing,
b) Planing and
c) Making joints like T-Joint, Mortise joint and Tenon joint and Dovetail joint.
Wood Work Study:
a) Studying joints in door panels and wooden furniture
b) Studying common industrial trusses using models.

PART II ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

a) Introduction to switches, fuses, indicators and lamps - Basic switch board

wiring with lamp, fan and three pin socket
b) Staircase wiring
c) Fluorescent Lamp wiring with introduction to CFL and LED types.
d) Energy meter wiring and related calculations/ calibration
e) Study of Iron Box wiring and assembly
f) Study of emergency lamp wiring/Water heater

44
 GROUP – B (MECHANICAL AND ELECTRONICS)
PART III MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

WELDING WORK:
a) Welding of Butt Joints, Lap Joints, and Tee Joints using arc welding.
b) Practicing gas welding.
BASIC MACHINING WORK:
a) (simple)Turning.
b) (simple)Drilling.
c) (simple)Tapping.
ASSEMBLY WORK:
a) Assembling a centrifugal pump.
b) Assembling a household mixer.
c) Assembling an airconditioner.
SHEET METAL WORK:
a) Making of a square tray
FOUNDRY WORK:
a) Demonstrating basic foundry operations.
PART IV ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15
SOLDERING WORK:
a) Soldering simple electronic circuits and checking continuity.
ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY AND TESTING WORK:
a) Assembling and testing electronic components on a small PCB.

ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT STUDY:

a) Study an elements of smart phone..

b) Assembly and dismantle of LED TV.

c) Assembly and dismantle of computer/ laptop

TOTAL : 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:

 Draw pipe line plan; lay and connect various pipe fittings used in common household
plumbing work; Saw; plan; make joints in wood materials used in common household wood
work.
 Wire various electrical joints in common household electrical wire work.
 Weld various joints in steel plates using arc welding work; Machine various simple
processes like turning, drilling, tapping in parts; Assemble simple mechanical assembly of
common household equipments; Make a tray out of metal sheet using sheet metal work.
 Solder and test simple electronic circuits; Assemble and test simple electronic
components on PCB.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
2 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
3 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
CO 3 2 - - 1 1 1 - - - - 2 2 1 1
 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation
45
 221AIDL28 DATA STRUCTURES DESIGN LABORATORY LT PC
0 42
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● To implement ADTs in Python
● To design and implement linear data structures – lists, stacks, and queues
● To implement sorting, searching and hashing algorithms
● To solve problems using tree and graph structures
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Note: The lab instructor is expected to design problems based on the topics listed. The
Examination shall not be restricted to the sample experiments designed.
1. Implement simple ADTs as Python classes
2. Implement recursive algorithms in Python
3. Implement List ADT using Python arrays
4. Linked list implementations of List
5. Implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs
6. Applications of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
7. Implementation of sorting and searching algorithms
8. Implementation of Hash tables
9. Tree representation and traversal algorithms
10. Implementation of Binary Search Trees
11. Implementation of Heaps
12. Graph representation and Traversal algorithms
13. Implementation of single source shortest path algorithm
14. Implementation of minimum spanning tree algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1:implement ADTs as Python classes
CO2:design, implement, and analyse linear data structures, such as lists, queues, and stacks,
according to the needs of different applications
CO3:design, implement, and analyse efficient tree structures to meet requirements such as
searching, indexing, and sorting
CO4:model problems as graph problems and implement efficient graph algorithms to solve them

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Michael H. Goldwasser, “Data Structures and
Algorithms in Python” (An Indian Adaptation), Wiley, 2021.
2. Lee, Kent D., Hubbard, Steve, “Data Structures and Algorithms with Python” Springer
Edition 2015.
3. Narasimha Karumanchi, “Data Structures and Algorithmic Thinking with Python”
Careermonk, 2015.

46
 REFERENCES:
1. Rance D. Necaise, “Data Structures and Algorithms Using Python”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and Clifford Stein, “Introduction
to Algorithms", Third Edition, PHI Learning, 2010.
3. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Fourth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2014
4. Aho, Hopcroft, and Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education India,
2002.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 2 1 - - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2 3
2 3 3 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 3 1 2 2
3 2 1 3 1 - - - - 1 1 2 3 3 3 3
4 3 1 3 3 - - - - 1 2 3 3 2 1 2
5 3 2 1 1 2 - - - 3 3 3 1 3 1 3
AVg. 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

47
 22147L29 COMMUNICATION LABORATORY LTP C
00 4 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To identify varied group discussion skills and apply them to take part in effective discussions
in a professional context.
 To analyse concepts and problems and make effective presentations explaining them clearly
and precisely.
 To be able to communicate effectively through formal and informal writing.
 To be able to use appropriate language structures to write emails, reports and essays
 To give instructions and recommendations that are clear and relevant to the context

UNIT I 12
Speaking-Role Play Exercises Based on Workplace Contexts, - talking about competition- discussing
progress toward goals-talking about experiences- talking about events in life- discussing past events-
Writing: writing emails ( formal & semi-formal).

UNIT II 12
Speaking: discussing news stories-talking about frequency-talking about travel problems- discussing
travel procedures- talking about travel problems- making arrangements-describing arrangements-
discussing plans and decisions- discussing purposes and reasons- understanding common
technology terms-Writing: - writing different types of emails.

UNIT III 12
Speaking: discussing predictions-describing the climate-discussing forecasts and scenarios- talking
about purchasing-discussing advantages and disadvantages- making comparisons- discussing likes
and dislikes- discussing feelings about experiences-discussing imaginary scenarios Writing: short
essays and reports-formal/semi-formal letters.
UNIT IV 12
Speaking: discussing the natural environment-describing systems-describing position and
movement- explaining rules-( example- discussing rental arrangements)- understanding technical
instructions-Writing: writing instructions-writing a short article.

UNIT V 12
Speaking: describing things relatively-describing clothing-discussing safety issues (making
recommendations) talking about electrical devices-describing controlling actions- Writing:
job application(Cover letter + Curriculum vitae)-writing recommendations.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

LEARNING OUTCOMES
CO1:Speak effectively in group discussions held in a formal/semi formal contexts.
O2:Discuss, analyse and present concepts and problems from various perspectives to arrive at
suitable solutions
CO3:Write emails, letters and effective job applications.

48
CO4:Write critical reports to convey data and information with clarity and precision
CO5:Give appropriate instructions and recommendations for safe execution of tasks

Assessment Pattern
 One online / app based assessment to test speaking and writing skills

 Proficiency certification is given on successful completion of speaking and writing.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PS PS PS
1 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
2 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
AV 2.4 2.8 3 3 1.8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation
Note: The average value of this course to be used for program articulation matrix.

49
 22148S31A DISCRETE MATHEMATICS L T P C
3 1 04
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To extend student’s logical and mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction.
 To introduce most of the basic terminologies used in computer science courses and
application of ideas to solve practical problems.
 To understand the basic concepts of combinatorics and graph theory.
 To familiarize the applications of algebraic structures.
 To understand the concepts and significance of lattices and boolean algebra which are
widely used in computer science and engineering.

UNIT I LOGIC AND PROOFS 9+3

Propositional logic – Propositional equivalences - Predicates and quantifiers – Nested quantifiers –
Rules of inference - Introduction to proofs – Proof methods and strategy.
UNIT II COMBINATORICS 9+3

Mathematical induction – Strong induction and well ordering – The basics of counting – The pigeonhole
principle – Permutations and combinations – Recurrence relations – Solving linear recurrence relations –
Generating functions – Inclusion and exclusion principle and its applications.

UNIT III GRAPHS 9+3

Graphs and graph models – Graph terminology and special types of graphs – Matrix representation
of graphs and graph isomorphism – Connectivity – Euler and Hamilton paths.

UNIT IV ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 9+3

Algebraic systems – Semi groups and monoids - Groups – Subgroups – Homomorphism’s – Normal
subgroup and cosets – Lagrange’s theorem – Definitions and examples of Rings and Fields.

UNIT V LATTICES AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA 9+3

Partial ordering – Posets – Lattices as posets – Properties of lattices - Lattices as algebraic systems
– Sub lattices – Direct product and homomorphism – Some special lattices – Boolean algebra – Sub
Boolean Algebra – Boolean Homomorphism.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, students would :
CO1:Have knowledge of the concepts needed to test the logic of a program.
CO2:Have an understanding in identifying structures on many levels.
CO3:Be aware of a class of functions which transform a finite set into another finite set which relates
to input and output functions in computer science.
CO4:Be aware of the counting principles.
CO5:Be exposed to concepts and properties of algebraic structures such as groups, rings and fields.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rosen. K.H., "Discrete Mathematics and its Applications", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2017.
2. Tremblay. J.P. and Manohar. R, "Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science", Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 30th Reprint, 2011.

REFERENCES:

50
 1. Grimaldi. R.P. "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction",
5thEdition, Pearson Education Asia, Delhi, 2013.
2. Koshy. T. "Discrete Mathematics with Applications", Elsevier Publications, 2006.
3. Lipschutz. S. and Mark Lipson., "Discrete Mathematics", Schaum’s Outlines, Tata McGraw
Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2010.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO PO2 PO3 PO PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 4
1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - -

2 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3 - 3 2 - - 2 - - - 3 - - - - -
4 - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
5 - 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
AVg 1 3 2 1 - - - - - 1 - - - - -
.
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

51
 221AIDS32 DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND COMPUTER ORGANIZATION L T PC
3 0 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To analyze and design combinational circuits.
 To analyze and design sequential circuits
 To understand the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
 To study the design of data path unit, control unit for processor and to familiarize with the
hazards.
 To understand the concept of various memories and I/O interfacing.

UNIT I COMBINATIONAL LOGIC 9

Combinational Circuits – Karnaugh Map - Analysis and Design Procedures – Binary Adder –
Subtractor – Decimal Adder - Magnitude Comparator – Decoder – Encoder – Multiplexers -
Demultiplexers

UNIT II SYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC 9

Introduction to Sequential Circuits – Flip-Flops – operation and excitation tables, Triggering of FF,
Analysis and design of clocked sequential circuits – Design – Moore/Mealy models, state
minimization, state assignment, circuit implementation - Registers – Counters.

UNIT III COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS 9

Functional Units of a Digital Computer: Von Neumann Architecture – Operation and Operands of
Computer Hardware Instruction – Instruction Set Architecture (ISA): Memory Location, Address and
Operation – Instruction and Instruction Sequencing – Addressing Modes, Encoding of Machine
Instruction – Interaction between Assembly and High Level Language.

UNIT IV PROCESSOR 9
Instruction Execution – Building a Data Path – Designing a Control Unit – Hardwired Control,
Microprogrammed Control – Pipelining – Data Hazard – Control Hazards.

UNIT V MEMORY AND I/O 9

Memory Concepts and Hierarchy – Memory Management – Cache Memories: Mapping and
Replacement Techniques – Virtual Memory – DMA – I/O – Accessing I/O: Parallel and Serial
Interface – Interrupt I/O – Interconnection Standards: USB, SATA
45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Verification of Boolean theorems using logic gates.
2. Design and implementation of combinational circuits using gates for arbitrary functions.
3. Implementation of 4-bit binary adder/subtractor circuits.
4. Implementation of code converters.

52
5. Implementation of BCD adder, encoder and decoder circuits
6. Implementation of functions using Multiplexers.
7. Implementation of the synchronous counters
8. Implementation of a Universal Shift register.
9. Simulator based study of Computer Architecture

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1 : Design various combinational digital circuits using logic gates
CO2 : Design sequential circuits and analyze the design procedures
CO3 : State the fundamentals of computer systems and analyze the execution of an instruction
CO4 : Analyze different types of control design and identify hazards
CO5 : Identify the characteristics of various memory systems and I/O communication
TOTAL:75 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design : With an Introduction to the Verilog HDL,
VHDL, and System Verilog”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design, The
Hardware/Software Interface”, Sixth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann/Elsevier, 2020.

REFERENCES
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Naraig Manjikian, “Computer Organization and
Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for Performance”, Tenth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.
3. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Pearson Education, 2016.
4. CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3
2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 1
4 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1
5 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
AVG 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
5. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-‘ - no correlation

53
 221AIDC33 DATABASE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT LTP C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce database development life cycle and conceptual modeling
 To learn SQL for data definition, manipulation and querying a database
 To learn relational database design using conceptual mapping and normalization
 To learn transaction concepts and serializability of schedules
 To learn data model and querying in object-relational and No-SQL databases

UNIT I CONCEPTUAL DATA MODELING 8

Database environment – Database system development lifecycle – Requirements collection –
Database design -- Entity-Relationship model – Enhanced-ER model – UML class diagrams.

UNIT II RELATIONAL MODEL AND SQL 10

Relational model concepts -- Integrity constraints -- SQL Data manipulation – SQL Data definition –
Views -- SQL programming.

UNIT III RELATIONAL DATABASE DESIGN AND NORMALIZATION 10

ER and EER-to-Relational mapping – Update anomalies – Functional dependencies – Inference rules
– Minimal cover – Properties of relational decomposition – Normalization (upto BCNF).

UNIT IV TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT 8

Transaction concepts – properties – Schedules – Serializability – Concurrency Control – Two-phase
locking techniques.

UNIT V OBJECT RELATIONAL AND NO-SQL DATABASES 9

Mapping EER to ODB schema – Object identifier – reference types – rowtypes – UDTs – Subtypes and
supertypes – user-defined routines – Collection types – Object Query Language; No-SQL: CAP
theorem – Document-based: MongoDB data model and CRUD operations; Column-based: Hbase
data model and CRUD operations.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the database development life cycle and apply conceptual modeling
CO2:Apply SQL and programming in SQL to create, manipulate and query the database
CO3:Apply the conceptual-to-relational mapping and normalization to design relational database
CO4:Determine the serializability of any non-serial schedule using concurrency techniques
CO5:Apply the data model and querying in Object-relational and No-SQL databases.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomas M. Connolly, Carolyn E. Begg, Database Systems – A Practical Approach to Design,
Implementation, and Management, Sixth Edition, Global Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 7th Edition,
Pearson, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Toby Teorey, Sam Lightstone, Tom Nadeau, H. V. Jagadish, “DATABASE MODELING AND
DESIGN - Logical Design”, Fifth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
54
 2. Carlos Coronel, Steven Morris, and Peter Rob, Database Systems: Design, Implementation,
and Management, Ninth Edition, Cengage learning, 2012
3. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth, S Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts'', 6th
Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2011.
4. Hector Garcia-Molina, Jeffrey D Ullman, Jennifer Widom, "Database Systems:The Complete
Book", 2nd edition, Pearson.
5. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems'', 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2010.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 3 - - - - 3 1 2 1 2 3 3
2 2 3 1 3 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 3 3 3
3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 1 2
4 2 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2 1 2 2 2 2
5 3 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 3 1 1 2 1 1
AVG 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
3. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-‘ - no correlation

55
 221AIDC34 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LT PC
30 24
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To critically analyze the efficiency of alternative algorithmic solutions for the same problem
 To illustrate brute force and divide and conquer design techniques.
 To explain dynamic programming and greedy techniques for solving various problems.
 To apply iterative improvement technique to solve optimization problems
 To examine the limitations of algorithmic power and handling it in different problems.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 8
Notion of an Algorithm – Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving – Important Problem Types –
Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency – Analysis Framework - Asymptotic Notations
and their properties – Empirical analysis - Mathematical analysis of Recursive and Non-recursive
algorithms – Visualization.

UNIT II BRUTE FORCE AND DIVIDE AND CONQUER 10

Brute Force – String Matching - Exhaustive Search - Traveling Salesman Problem - Knapsack
Problem - Assignment problem. Divide and Conquer Methodology – Multiplication of Large Integers
and Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication – Closest-Pair and Convex - Hull Problems. Decrease and
Conquer: - Topological Sorting – Transform and Conquer: Presorting – Heaps and Heap Sort.

UNIT III DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING AND GREEDY TECHNIQUE 10

Dynamic programming – Principle of optimality - Coin changing problem – Warshall’s and Floyd‘s
algorithms – Optimal Binary Search Trees - Multi stage graph - Knapsack Problem and Memory
functions. Greedy Technique – Dijkstra’s algorithm - Huffman Trees and codes - 0/1 Knapsack
problem.

UNIT IV ITERATIVE IMPROVEMENT 8

The Simplex Method-The Maximum-Flow Problem – Maximum Matching in Bipartite Graphs- The
Stable marriage Problem.

UNIT V LIMITATIONS OF ALGORITHM POWER 9

Lower - Bound Arguments - P, NP, NP- Complete and NP Hard Problems. Backtracking – N-Queen
problem - Hamiltonian Circuit Problem – Subset Sum Problem. Branch and Bound – LIFO
Searchand FIFO search - Assignment problem – Knapsack Problem – Traveling Salesman Problem
- Approximation Algorithms for NP-Hard Problems – Traveling Salesman problem – Knapsack

problem. 45 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. Implement recursive and non-recursive algorithms and study the order of growth from log2n
to n!.
2. Divide and Conquer - Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication
3. Decrease and Conquer - Topological Sorting
4. Transform and Conquer - Heap Sort
5. Dynamic programming - Coin change Problem, Warshall’s and Floyd‘s algorithms,
Knapsack Problem
56
 6. Greedy Technique – Dijkstra’s algorithm, Huffman Trees and codes
7. Iterative improvement - Simplex Method
8. Backtracking – N-Queen problem, Subset Sum Problem
9. Branch and Bound - Assignment problem, Traveling Salesman Problem
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze the efficiency of recursive and non-recursive algorithms mathematically
CO2: Analyze the efficiency of brute force, divide and conquer, decrease and conquer, Transform
and conquer algorithmic techniques
CO3: Implement and analyze the problems using dynamic programming and greedy algorithmic
techniques.
CO4: Solve the problems using iterative improvement techniques for optimization.
CO5: Compute the limitations of algorithmic power and solve the problems using backtracking and
branch and bound techniques.
TOTAL: 75 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anany Levitin, Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms/ C++,
Second Edition, Universities Press, 2019.
2. Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.
3. S. Sridhar, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Oxford university press, 2014.
4. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms,
Pearson Education, Reprint 2006.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 1 1 2 2 3 2 1
2 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
3 3 2 1 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 2 1 3 3
4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 3 3 2 2 1 2
5 3 1 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 3 1 3
AVG 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

57
221AIDC35 DATA EXPLORATION AND VISUALIZATION L T P C
3 0 2 4
 To outline an overview of exploratory data analysis.
 To implement data visualization using Matplotlib.
 To perform univariate data exploration and analysis.
 To apply bivariate data exploration and analysis.
 To use Data exploration and visualization techniques for multivariate and time series data.

UNIT I EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS 9

EDA fundamentals – Understanding data science – Significance of EDA – Making sense of data –
Comparing EDA with classical and Bayesian analysis – Software tools for EDA - Visual Aids for EDA-
Data transformation techniques-merging database, reshaping and pivoting, Transformation
techniques - Grouping Datasets - data aggregation – Pivot tables and cross-tabulations.

UNIT II VISUALIZING USING MATPLOTLIB 9

Importing Matplotlib – Simple line plots – Simple scatter plots – visualizing errors – density and
contour plots – Histograms – legends – colors – subplots – text and annotation – customization –
three dimensional plotting - Geographic Data with Basemap - Visualization with Seaborn.

UNIT III UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS 9

Introduction to Single variable: Distributions and Variables - Numerical Summaries of Level and
Spread - Scaling and Standardizing – Inequality - Smoothing Time Series.

UNIT IV BIVARIATE ANALYSIS 9

Relationships between Two Variables - Percentage Tables - Analyzing Contingency Tables -
Handling Several Batches - Scatterplots and Resistant Lines – Transformations.

UNIT V MULTIVARIATE AND TIME SERIES ANALYSIS 9

Introducing a Third Variable - Causal Explanations - Three-Variable Contingency Tables and Beyond
- Longitudinal Data – Fundamentals of TSA – Characteristics of time series data – Data Cleaning –
Time-based indexing – Visualizing – Grouping – Resampling.

45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install the data Analysis and Visualization tool: R/ Python /Tableau Public/ Power BI.
2. Perform exploratory data analysis (EDA) on with datasets like email data set. Export all your
emails as a dataset, import them inside a pandas data frame, visualize them and get different
insights from the data.
3. Working with Numpy arrays, Pandas data frames , Basic plots using Matplotlib.
4. Explore various variable and row filters in R for cleaning data. Apply various plot features in R
on sample data sets and visualize.
5. Perform Time Series Analysis and apply the various visualization techniques.
6. Perform Data Analysis and representation on a Map using various Map data sets with Mouse
Rollover effect, user interaction, etc..
7. Build cartographic visualization for multiple datasets involving various countries of the world;
states and districts in India etc.
8. Perform EDA on Wine Quality Data Set.
9. Use a case study on a data set and apply the various EDA and visualization techniques and
present an analysis report.

58
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of exploratory data analysis.
CO2: Implement the data visualization using Matplotlib.
CO3: Perform univariate data exploration and analysis.
CO4: Apply bivariate data exploration and analysis.
CO5: Use Data exploration and visualization techniques for multivariate and time series data.
TOTAL: 75 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Suresh Kumar Mukhiya, Usman Ahmed, “Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis with Python”,
Packt Publishing, 2020. (Unit 1)
2. Jake Vander Plas, "Python Data Science Handbook: Essential Tools for Working with Data",
Oreilly, 1st Edition, 2016. (Unit 2)
3. Catherine Marsh, Jane Elliott, “Exploring Data: An Introduction to Data Analysis for Social
Scientists”, Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, 2008. (Unit 3,4,5)

REFERENCES:
1. Eric Pimpler, Data Visualization and Exploration with R, GeoSpatial Training service, 2017.
2. Claus O. Wilke, “Fundamentals of Data Visualization”, O’reilly publications, 2019.
3. Matthew O. Ward, Georges Grinstein, Daniel Keim, “Interactive Data Visualization:
Foundations, Techniques, and Applications”, 2nd Edition, CRC press, 2015.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 3 1 3 1 3
3 2 1 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 1
4 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 1 3 1 3 2
5 3 1 1 2 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 3
AVG 2 1 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

59
 221AIDC36 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE L TPC
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main objectives of this course are to:
 Learn the basic AI approaches
 Develop problem solving agents
 Perform logical and probabilistic reasoning

UNIT I INTELLIGENT AGENTS 9

Introduction to AI – Agents and Environments – concept of rationality – nature of environments –
structure of agents. Problem solving agents – search algorithms – uninformed search strategies.

UNIT II PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Heuristic search strategies – heuristic functions. Local search and optimization problems – local
search in continuous space – search with non-deterministic actions – search in partially observable
environments – online search agents and unknown environments

UNIT III GAME PLAYING AND CSP 9

Game theory – optimal decisions in games – alpha-beta search – monte-carlo tree search –
stochastic games – partially observable games. Constraint satisfaction problems – constraint
propagation – backtracking search for CSP – local search for CSP – structure of CSP.

UNIT IV LOGICAL REASONING 9

Knowledge-based agents – propositional logic – propositional theorem proving – propositional model
checking – agents based on propositional logic. First-order logic – syntax and semantics –
knowledge representation and engineering – inferences in first-order logic – forward chaining –
backward chaining – resolution.

UNIT V PROBABILISTIC REASONING 9

Acting under uncertainty – Bayesian inference – naïve Bayes models. Probabilistic reasoning –
Bayesian networks – exact inference in BN – approximate inference in BN – causal networks.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Explain intelligent agent frameworks
CO2: Apply problem solving techniques
CO3: Apply game playing and CSP techniques
CO4: Perform logical reasoning
CO5: Perform probabilistic reasoning under uncertainty
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”, Fourth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2021.

60
REFERENCES
1. Dan W. Patterson, “Introduction to AI and ES”, Pearson Education,2007Kevin Night, Elaine Rich, and
Nair B., “Artificial Intelligence”, McGraw Hill, 2008
2. Patrick H. Winston, "Artificial Intelligence", Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2006
3. Deepak Khemani, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
4. http://nptel.ac.in/

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 1 2 1 1
2 2 2 1 1 1 - - - 2 2 3 1 3 2 2
3 2 1 2 1 - - - - 2 1 1 3 1 2 1
4 2 1 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2 2 1 3 3
5 3 2 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 1
AVG 2 1 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

61
221AIDL37 DATABASE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT LABORATORY L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the database development life cycle
 To learn database design using conceptual modeling, Normalization
 To implement database using Data definition, Querying using SQL manipulation and SQL
programming
 To implement database applications using IDE/RAD tools
 To learn querying Object-relational databases

SUGGESTIVE EXPERIMENTS
1. Database Development Life cycle:
Problem definition and Requirement analysis
Scope and Constraints
2. Database design using Conceptual modeling (ER-EER) – top-down approach
Mapping conceptual to relational database and validate using Normalization
3. Implement the database using SQL Data definition with constraints, Views
4. Query the database using SQL Manipulation
5. Querying/Managing the database using SQL Programming
- Stored Procedures/Functions
- Constraints and security using Triggers
6. Database design using Normalization – bottom-up approach
7. Develop database applications using IDE/RAD tools (Eg., NetBeans,VisualStudio)
8. Database design using EER-to-ODB mapping / UML class diagrams
9. Object features of SQL-UDTs and sub-types, Tables using UDTs, Inheritance, Method definition
10. Querying the Object-relational database using Objet Query language

COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the database development life cycle
CO2:Design relational database using conceptual-to-relational mapping, Normalization
CO3:Apply SQL for creation, manipulation and retrieval of data
CO4:Develop a database applications for real-time problems
CO5:Design and query object-relational databases

62
 221ADL38 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LABORATORY L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To design and implement search strategies
 To implement game playing techniques
 To implement CSP techniques
 To develop systems with logical reasoning
 To develop systems with probabilistic reasoning

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Implement basic search strategies – 8-Puzzle, 8 - Queens problem, Cryptarithmetic.
2. Implement A* and memory bounded A* algorithms
3. Implement Minimax algorithm for game playing (Alpha-Beta pruning)
4. Solve constraint satisfaction problems
5. Implement propositional model checking algorithms
6. Implement forward chaining, backward chaining, and resolution strategies
7. Build naïve Bayes models
8. Implement Bayesian networks and perform inferences
9. Mini-Project
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Design and implement search strategies
CO2: Implement game playing and CSP techniques
CO3: Develop logical reasoning systems
CO4: Develop probabilistic reasoning systems

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 3 3 - - - - 1 1 2 1 3 2 1
2 1 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
3 3 1 3 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 1 1 3
4 2 1 1 1 1 - - - 2 3 1 2 2 2 1
5 3 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 3 3 3 3 3 2
AVG 2 1 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

63
 221AIDL39 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT LT PC
0 0 21

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

To be proficient in important Microsoft Office tools: MS WORD, EXCEL, POWERPOINT.

 To be proficient in using MS WORD to create quality technical documents, by using standard

templates, widely acceptable styles and formats, variety of features to enhance the
presentability and overall utility value of content.
 To be proficient in using MS EXCEL for all data manipulation tasks including the common
statistical, logical, mathematical etc., operations, conversion, analytics, search and explore,
visualize,interlink, and utilizing many more critical features offered
 To be able to create and share quality presentations by using the features of MS PowerPoint,
including: organization of content, presentability, aesthetics, using media elements and
enhance the overall quality of presentations.

MS WORD: 10 Hours

Create and format a document

Working with tables

Working with Bullets and Lists

Working with styles, shapes, smart art, charts

Inserting objects, charts and importing objects from other office tools

Creating and Using document templates

Inserting equations, symbols and special characters

Working with Table of contents and References, citations

Insert and review comments

Create bookmarks, hyperlinks, endnotes foot note Viewing document in different modes

Working with document protection and security

64
Inspect document for accessibility

MS EXCEL: 10 Hours

Create worksheets, insert and format data

Work with different types of data: text, currency, date, numeric etc.

Split, validate, consolidate, Convert data

Sort and filter data

Perform calculations and use functions: (Statistical, Logical, Mathematical, date, Time etc.,)

Work with Lookup and reference formulae

Create and Work with different types of charts

Use pivot tables to summarize and analyse data

Perform data analysis using own formulae and functions

Combine data from multiple worksheets using own formulae and built-in functions to generate
results

Export data and sheets to other file formats

Working with macros

Protecting data and Securing the workbook

MS POWERPOINT: 10 Hours

Select slide templates, layout and themes

Formatting slide content and using bullets and numbering

Insert and format images, smart art, tables, charts

Using Slide master, notes and handout master

Working with animation and transitions

Organize and Group slides

Import or create and use media objects: audio, video, animation

Perform slideshow recording and Record narration and create presentable videos

TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion the students will be able to
CO1:Use MS Word to create quality documents, by structuring and organizing content for their day
to day technical and academic requirements
CO2:Use MS EXCEL to perform data operations and analytics, record, retrieve data as per
requirements and visualize data for ease of understanding
CO3:Use MS PowerPoint to create high quality academic presentations by including common
tables, charts, graphs, interlinking other elements, and using media objects.

65
 22148S41A PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS LT P C
3 1 0 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 This course aims at providing the required skill to apply the statistical tools in engineering
problems.
 To introduce the basic concepts of probability and random variables.
 To introduce the basic concepts of two dimensional random variables.
 To acquaint the knowledge of testing of hypothesis for small and large samples which plays
an important role in real life problems.
 To introduce the basic concepts of classifications of design of experiments which plays very
important roles in the field of agriculture and statistical quality control.

UNIT I PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES 9+3

Axioms of probability – Conditional probability – Baye’s theorem - Discrete and continuous random
variables – Moments – Moment generating functions – Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform,
Exponential and Normal distributions – Functions of a random variable.

UNIT II TWO- DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES 9+3

Joint distributions – Marginal and conditional distributions – Covariance – Correlation and linear
regression – Transformation of random variables – Central limit theorem (for independent and
identically distributed random variables).

UNIT III ESTIMATION THEORY 9+3

Unbiased estimators - Efficiency - Consistency - Sufficiency - Robustness - Method of moments -
Method of maximum Likelihood - Interval estimation of Means - Differences between means,
variations and ratio of two variances

UNIT IV NON- PARAMETRIC TESTS 9+3

Introduction - The Sign test - The Signed - Rank test - Rank - sum tests - The U test - The H test
- Tests based on Runs - Test of randomness - The Kolmogorov Tests .

UNIT V STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 9+3

Control charts for measurements ( 𝑋̅ and R charts ) – Control charts for attributes ( p, c and np
charts) – Tolerance limits - Acceptance sampling.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the fundamental knowledge of the concepts of probability and have knowledge of
standard distributions which can describe real life phenomenon.
CO2:Understand the basic concepts of one and two dimensional random variables and apply in
engineering applications.
CO3:Apply the concept of testing of hypothesis for small and large samples in real life problems.
CO4:Apply the basic concepts of classifications of design of experiments in the field of agriculture

66
 and statistical quality control.
CO5:Have the notion of sampling distributions and statistical techniques used in engineering and
management problems.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Johnson. R.A., Miller. I.R and Freund . J.E, " Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics
for Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2016.
2. Milton. J. S. and Arnold. J.C., "Introduction to Probability and Statistics", Tata Mc Graw Hill,
4th Edition, 2007.
3. John E. Freund, "Mathematical Statistics", Prentice Hall, 5th Edition, 1992.

REFERENCES:
1. Gupta. S.C. and Kapoor. V. K., “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand &
Sons, New Delhi, 12 Edition, 2020.
th

2. Devore. J.L., "Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences”, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2014.
3. Ross. S.M., "Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", 5thEdition,
Elsevier, 2014.
4. Spiegel. M.R., Schiller. J. and Srinivasan. R.A., "Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of
Probability and Statistics", Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 4th Edition, 2012.
5. Walpole. R.E., Myers. R.H., Myers. S.L. and Ye. K., "Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists", Pearson Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2010.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
01 2 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
CO2 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
CO3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
AVG 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

67
 221AIDC42 OPERATING SYSTEMS L T P C
3 0 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics and functions of operating systems.
 To understand Processes and Threads
 To analyze Scheduling algorithms and process synchronization.
 To understand the concept of Deadlocks.
 To analyze various memory management schemes.
 To be familiar with I/O management and File systems.
 To be familiar with the basics of virtual machines and Mobile OS like iOS and Android.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 7
Computer System - Elements and organization; Operating System Overview - Objectives and
Functions - Evolution of Operating System; Operating System Structures – Operating System
Services - User Operating System Interface - System Calls – System Programs - Design and
Implementation - Structuring methods.

UNIT II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 11

Processes - Process Concept - Process Scheduling - Operations on Processes - Inter-process
Communication; CPU Scheduling - Scheduling criteria - Scheduling algorithms: Threads -
Multithread Models – Threading issues; Process Synchronization - The critical-section problem -
Synchronization hardware – Semaphores – Mutex - Classical problems of synchronization -
Monitors; Deadlock - Methods for handling deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock avoidance,
Deadlock detection, Recovery from deadlock.

UNIT III MEMORY MANAGEMENT 10

Main Memory - Swapping - Contiguous Memory Allocation – Paging - Structure of the Page Table -
Segmentation, Segmentation with paging; Virtual Memory - Demand Paging – Copy on Write - Page
Replacement - Allocation of Frames –Thrashing.

UNIT IV STORAGE MANAGEMENT 10

Mass Storage system – Disk Structure - Disk Scheduling and Management; File-System Interface -
File concept - Access methods - Directory Structure - Directory organization - File system mounting
- File Sharing and Protection; File System Implementation - File System Structure - Directory
implementation - Allocation Methods - Free Space Management; I/O Systems – I/O Hardware,
Application I/O interface, Kernel I/O subsystem.

UNIT V VIRTUAL MACHINES AND MOBILE OS 7

Virtual Machines – History, Benefits and Features, Building Blocks, Types of Virtual Machines and
their Implementations, Virtualization and Operating-System Components; Mobile OS - iOS and
Android.
45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30
PERIODS
1. Installation of Operating system : Windows/ Linux
2. Illustrate UNIX commands and Shell Programming
3. Process Management using System Calls : Fork, Exec, Getpid, Exit, Wait, Close
4. Write C programs to implement the various CPU Scheduling Algorithms
5. Illustrate the inter process communication strategy
6. Implement mutual exclusion by Semaphores
68
 7. Write a C program to avoid Deadlock using Banker's Algorithm
8. Write a C program to Implement Deadlock Detection Algorithm
9. Write C program to implement Threading
10. Implement the paging Technique using C program
1. Write C programs to implement the following Memory Allocation Methods
a. First Fit b. Worst Fit c. Best Fit
2. Write C programs to implement the various Page Replacement Algorithms
3. Write C programs to Implement the various File Organization Techniques
4. Implement the following File Allocation Strategies using C programs
a. Sequential b. Indexed c. Linked
5. Write C programs for the implementation of various disk scheduling algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze various scheduling algorithms and process synchronization.
CO2 : Explain deadlock, prevention and avoidance algorithms.
CO3 : Compare and contrast various memory management schemes.
CO4 : Explain the functionality of file systems I/O systems, and Virtualization
CO5 : Compare iOS and Android Operating Systems.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, 9th
Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2018.
2. Andrew S Tanenbaum, "Modern Operating Systems", Pearson, 4th Edition, New Delhi, 2016.

REFERENCES
1. Ramaz Elmasri, A. Gil Carrick, David Levine, “Operating Systems – A Spiral Approach”, Tata
McGraw Hill Edition, 2010.
2. William Stallings, "Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles", 7th Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2018.
3. Achyut S.Godbole, Atul Kahate, “Operating Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2016.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1 1 1 2 2 1 2
2 2 3 1 3 1 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 3 1
3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 1 1 1
4 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 2 1 1 1 2
5 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 1 2 1 3 1 2
AVG 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

69
 221AIDC43 MACHINE LEARNING L TPC
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basic concepts of machine learning.
 To understand and build supervised learning models.
 To understand and build unsupervised learning models.
 To evaluate the algorithms based on corresponding metrics identified

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 8

Review of Linear Algebra for machine learning; Introduction and motivation for machine learning;
Examples of machine learning applications, Vapnik-Chervonenkis (VC) dimension, Probably
Approximately Correct (PAC) learning, Hypothesis spaces, Inductive bias, Generalization, Bias
variance trade-off.

UNIT II SUPERVISED LEARNING 11

Linear Regression Models: Least squares, single & multiple variables, Bayesian linear regression,
gradient descent, Linear Classification Models: Discriminant function – Perceptron algorithm,
Probabilistic discriminative model - Logistic regression, Probabilistic generative model – Naive
Bayes, Maximum margin classifier – Support vector machine, Decision Tree, Random Forests

UNIT III ENSEMBLE TECHNIQUES AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING 9

Combining multiple learners: Model combination schemes, Voting, Ensemble Learning - bagging,
boosting, stacking, Unsupervised learning: K-means, Instance Based Learning: KNN, Gaussian
mixture models and Expectation maximization.

UNIT IV NEURAL NETWORKS 9

Multilayer perceptron, activation functions, network training – gradient descent optimization –
stochastic gradient descent, error backpropagation, from shallow networks to deep networks –Unit
saturation (aka the vanishing gradient problem) – ReLU, hyperparameter tuning, batch
normalization, regularization, dropout.
UNIT V DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF MACHINE LEARNING EXPERIMENTS 8
Guidelines for machine learning experiments, Cross Validation (CV) and resampling – K-fold CV,
bootstrapping, measuring classifier performance, assessing a single classification algorithm and
comparing two classification algorithms – t test, McNemar’s test, K-fold CV paired t test

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Explain the basic concepts of machine learning.
CO2 : Construct supervised learning models.
CO3 : Construct unsupervised learning algorithms.
CO4: Evaluate and compare different models
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:

1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press, Fourth Edition, 2020.
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective, “Second Edition”, CRC
Press, 2014.
70
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
2. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 1997.
3. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, Ameet Talwalkar, “Foundations of Machine
Learning”, Second Edition, MIT Press, 2012, 2018.
4. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016
5. Sebastain Raschka, Vahid Mirjalili , “Python Machine Learning”, Packt publishing, 3rd
Edition, 2019.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1 - - - - 3 3 2 2 2 2 1
2 1 3 3 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 1 3 1 1
3 2 1 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
4 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 2 3 2 1 2 1
5 1 1 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 1 3 3 3 2
AVG 2 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

71
 221AIDC44 FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA SCIENCE AND ANALYTICS L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the techniques and processes of data science
 To apply descriptive data analytics
 To visualize data for various applications
 To understand inferential data analytics
 To analysis and build predictive models from data

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 08

Need for data science – benefits and uses – facets of data – data science process – setting the
research goal – retrieving data – cleansing, integrating, and transforming data – exploratory data
analysis – build the models – presenting and building applications.

UNIT II DESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS 10

Frequency distributions – Outliers –interpreting distributions – graphs – averages - describing
variability – interquartile range – variability for qualitative and ranked data - Normal distributions – z
scores –correlation – scatter plots – regression – regression line – least squares regression line –
standard error of estimate – interpretation of r2 – multiple regression equations – regression toward the
mean.

UNIT III INFERENTIAL STATISTICS 09

Populations – samples – random sampling – Sampling distribution- standard error of the mean -
Hypothesis testing – z-test – z-test procedure –decision rule – calculations – decisions –
interpretations - one-tailed and two-tailed tests – Estimation – point estimate – confidence interval –
level of confidence – effect of sample size.
UNIT IV ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE 09
t-test for one sample – sampling distribution of t – t-test procedure – t-test for two independent
samples – p-value – statistical significance – t-test for two related samples. F-test – ANOVA – Two-
factor experiments – three f-tests – two-factor ANOVA –Introduction to chi-square tests.

UNIT V PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS 09

Linear least squares – implementation – goodness of fit – testing a linear model – weighted
resampling. Regression using StatsModels – multiple regression – nonlinear relationships – logistic
regression – estimating parameters – Time series analysis – moving averages – missing values – serial
correlation – autocorrelation. Introduction to survival analysis.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Explain the data analytics pipeline
CO2: Describe and visualize data
CO3 : Perform statistical inferences from data
CO4 : Analyze the variance in the data
CO5 : Build models for predictive analytics

TEXT BOOKS
1. David Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, and Mohamed Ali, “Introducing Data Science”,
Manning Publications, 2016. (first two chapters for Unit I).
72
 2. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley Publications, 2017.
3. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016.

REFERENCES
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea Press,
2014.
2. Sanjeev J. Wagh, Manisha S. Bhende, Anuradha D. Thakare, “Fundamentals of Data
Science”, CRC Press, 2022.
3. Chirag Shah, “A Hands-On Introduction to Data Science”, Cambridge University Press,
2020.
4. Vineet Raina, Srinath Krishnamurthy, “Building an Effective Data Science Practice: A
Framework to Bootstrap and Manage a Successful Data Science Practice”, Apress, 2021.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 2 1 - - - - 3 1 3 2 3 3 1
2 1 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 1 1
3 1 1 3 1 1 - - - 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
4 2 3 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
5 2 1 1 1 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 2 2 1
AVG 1 1 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 3 2 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

73
 221AIDC45 COMPUTER NETWORKS LT P C
30 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the concept of layering in networks.
 To know the functions of protocols of each layer of TCP/IP protocol suite.
 To visualize the end-to-end flow of information.
 To learn the functions of network layer and the various routing protocols
 To familiarize the functions and protocols of the Transport layer

UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND APPLICATION LAYER 10

Data Communication - Networks – Network Types – Protocol Layering – TCP/IP Protocol suite –
OSI Model – Introduction to Sockets - Application Layer protocols: HTTP – FTP – Email protocols
(SMTP - POP3 - IMAP - MIME) – DNS – SNMP

UNIT II TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Introduction - Transport-Layer Protocols: UDP – TCP: Connection Management – Flow control -
Congestion Control - Congestion avoidance (DECbit, RED) – SCTP – Quality of Service

UNIT III NETWORK LAYER 7

Switching : Packet Switching - Internet protocol - IPV4 – IP Addressing – Subnetting - IPV6, ARP,
RARP, ICMP, DHCP

UNIT IV ROUTING 7
Routing and protocols: Unicast routing - Distance Vector Routing - RIP - Link State Routing – OSPF
– Path-vector routing - BGP - Multicast Routing: DVMRP – PIM.

UNIT V DATA LINK AND PHYSICAL LAYERS 12

Data Link Layer – Framing – Flow control – Error control – Data-Link Layer Protocols – HDLC – PPP
-
- Media Access Control – Ethernet Basics – CSMA/CD – Virtual LAN – Wireless LAN (802.11) -
Physical Layer: Data and Signals - Performance – Transmission media- Switching – Circuit
Switching.
45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Learn to use commands like tcpdump, netstat, ifconfig, nslookup and traceroute. Capture ping
and trace route PDUs using a network protocol analyzer and examine.
2. Write a HTTP web client program to download a web page using TCP sockets.
3. Applications using TCP sockets like: a) Echo client and echo server b) Chat
4. Simulation of DNS using UDP sockets.
5. Use a tool like Wireshark to capture packets and examine the packets
6. Write a code simulating ARP /RARP protocols.
7. Study of Network simulator (NS) and Simulation of Congestion Control Algorithms using NS.
8. Study of TCP/UDP performance using Simulation tool.
9. Simulation of Distance Vector/ Link State Routing algorithm.
10. Simulation of an error correction code (like CRC)

74
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO 1: Explain the basic layers and its functions in computer networks.
CO 2: Understand the basics of how data flows from one node to another.
CO 3: Analyze routing algorithms.
CO 4: Describe protocols for various functions in the network.
CO 5: Analyze the working of various application layer protocols.

TOTAL:75 PERIODS
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 3 - - - - 1 1 3 1 3 2 1
2 3 2 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 1 3 2 3
3 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 1 3
4 1 3 1 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 3 1
5 3 3 1 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
AVG 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

75
 22149S46 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND SUSTAINABILITY L T PC
2 0 02

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the basic concepts of environment, ecosystems and biodiversity and emphasize
on the biodiversity of India and its conservation.
 To impart knowledge on the causes, effects and control or prevention measures of
environmental pollution and natural disasters.
 To facilitate the understanding of global and Indian scenario of renewable and nonrenewable
resources, causes of their degradation and measures to preserve them.
 To familiarize the concept of sustainable development goals and appreciate the
interdependence of economic and social aspects of sustainability, recognize and analyze
climate changes, concept of carbon credit and the challenges of environmental management.
 To inculcate and embrace sustainability practices and develop a broader understanding on
green materials, energy cycles and analyze the role of sustainable urbanization.

UNIT I ENVIRONMENT AND BIODIVERSITY 6

Definition, scope and importance of environment – need for public awareness. Eco-system and
Energy flow– ecological succession. Types of biodiversity: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity–
values of biodiversity, India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity – threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – endangered and endemic
species of India – conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-situ.UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL
POLLUTION 9
Causes, Effects and Preventive measures of Water, Soil, Air and Noise Pollutions. Solid,
Hazardous and E-Waste management. Case studies on Occupational Health and Safety
Management system (OHASMS). Environmental protection, Environmental protection acts .
UNIT III RENEWABLE SOURCES OF ENERGY 6
Energy management and conservation, New Energy Sources: Need of new sources. Different types
new energy sources. Applications of- Hydrogen energy, Ocean energy resources, Tidal energy
conversion. Concept, origin and power plants of geothermal energy.

UNIT IV SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT 6

Development , GDP ,Sustainability- concept, needs and challenges-economic, social and aspects of
sustainability-from unsustainability to sustainability-millennium development goals, and protocols-
Sustainable Development Goals-targets, indicators and intervention areas Climate change- Global,
Regional and local environmental issues and possible solutions-case studies. Concept of Carbon
Credit, Carbon Footprint. Environmental management in industry-A case study.

UNIT V SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES 6

Zero waste and R concept, Circular economy, ISO 14000 Series, Material Life cycle assessment,
Environmental Impact Assessment. Sustainable habitat: Green buildings, Green materials, Energy
efficiency, Sustainable transports. Sustainable energy: Non-conventional Sources, Energy Cycles-
carbon cycle, emission and sequestration, Green Engineering: Sustainable urbanization- Socio-
economical and technological change.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

76
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:To recognize and understand the functions of environment, ecosystems and biodiversity and
their conservation.
CO2:To identify the causes, effects of environmental pollution and natural disasters and contribute
to the preventive measures in the society.
CO3:To identify and apply the understanding of renewable and non-renewable resources and
contribute to the sustainable measures to preserve them for future generations.
CO4:To recognize the different goals of sustainable development and apply them for suitable
technological advancement and societal development.
CO5:To demonstrate the knowledge of sustainability practices and identify green materials, energy
cycles and the role of sustainable urbanization.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anubha Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik’s “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, 6th Edition,
New Age International Publishers ,2018.
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
2016.
3. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd edition,
Pearson Education, 2004.
4. Allen, D. T. and Shonnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and Case
Studies, Prentice Hall.
5. Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, A.O., Maria, P. Engineering applications in sustainable design and
development, Cengage learning.
6. Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, Notification of Government of India, 2006.
7. Mackenthun, K.M., Basic Concepts in Environmental Management, Lewis Publication,
London, 1998.
REFERENCES :
1. R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards’,
Vol. I and II, Enviro Media. 38 . edition 2010.
2. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’, Jaico Publ., House,
Mumbai, 2001.
3. Dharmendra S. Sengar, ‘Environmental law’, Prentice hall of India PVT. LTD, New Delhi,
2007.
4. Rajagopalan, R, ‘Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure’, Oxford University Press, Third
Edition, 2015.
5. Erach Bharucha “Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses” Orient
Blackswan Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
6.
7. CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 2 - - -
2 3 2 - - - 3 3 - - - - 2 - - -
3 3 - 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
4 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
5 3 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 1 - - -
Avg. 2.8 1.8 1 1 - 2.2 2.4 - - - - 1.8 - - -
8. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation
77
 221AIDL47 DATA SCIENCE AND ANALYTICS LABORATORY L TPC

0 04 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To develop data analytic code in python
 To be able to use python libraries for handling data
 To develop analytical applications using python
 To perform data visualization using plots
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Tools: Python, Numpy, Scipy, Matplotlib, Pandas, statmodels, seaborn, plotly, bokeh
1. Working with Numpy arrays
2. Working with Pandas data frames
3. Basic plots using Matplotlib
4. Frequency distributions, Averages, Variability
5. Normal curves, Correlation and scatter plots, Correlation coefficient
6. Regression
7. Z-test
8. T-test
9. ANOVA
10. Building and validating linear models
11. Building and validating logistic models
12. Time series analysis
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1. Write python programs to handle data using Numpy and Pandas
CO2. Perform descriptive analytics
CO3. Perform data exploration using Matplotlib
CO4. Perform inferential data analytics
CO5. Build models of predictive analytics
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
REFERENCES
1. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016.
2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea Press,
2014.
3. Data Analysis and Visualization Using Python, Analyze Data to Create Visualizations for
BI Systems — Dr. Ossama Embarak

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3 2 1
2 1 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 3 1 3 2 - - - 2 3 1 2 2 1 3
5 3 1 1 1 2 - - - 1 2 2 3 2 2 1
AVG 2 2 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

78
 221AIDL48 MACHINE LEARNING LABORATORY L TPC
0 0 4 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the data sets and apply suitable algorithms for selecting the appropriate
features for analysis.
 To learn to implement supervised machine learning algorithms on standard datasets and
evaluate the performance.
 To experiment the unsupervised machine learning algorithms on standard datasets and
evaluate the performance.
 To build the graph based learning models for standard data sets.
 To compare the performance of different ML algorithms and select the suitable one based
on the application.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. For a given set of training data examples stored in a .CSV file, implement and demonstrate
the Candidate-Elimination algorithm to output a description of the set of all hypotheses
consistent with the training examples.
2. Write a program to demonstrate the working of the decision tree based ID3 algorithm. Use
an appropriate data set for building the decision tree and apply this knowledge to classify a
new sample.
3. Build an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Backpropagation algorithm and test
the same using appropriate data sets.
4. Write a program to implement the naïve Bayesian classifier for a sample training data set
stored as a .CSV file and compute the accuracy with a few test data sets.
5. Implement naïve Bayesian Classifier model to classify a set of documents and measure
the accuracy, precision, and recall.
6. Write a program to construct a Bayesian network to diagnose CORONA infection using
standard WHO Data Set.
7. Apply EM algorithm to cluster a set of data stored in a .CSV file. Use the same data set for
clustering using the k-Means algorithm. Compare the results of these two algorithms.
8. Write a program to implement k-Nearest Neighbour algorithm to classify the iris data set.
Print both correct and wrong predictions.
9. Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm in order to fit data
points. Select an appropriate data set for your experiment and draw graphs. List of
Equipments:(30 Students per Batch)
The programs can be implemented in either Python

79
 COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Apply suitable algorithms for selecting the appropriate features for analysis.
CO2: Implement supervised machine learning algorithms on standard datasets and evaluate the performance.
CO3: Apply unsupervised machine learning algorithms on standard datasets and evaluate the performance.
CO4: Build the graph based learning models for standard data sets.
CO5: Assess and compare the performance of different ML algorithms and select the suitable
onebased on the application.7.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 3 3 3 2 1
2 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 3 2 3 2 3 1 1
3 2 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 2 2
5 2 2 3 1 2 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
AVG 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

80
221AIDC51 DEEP LEARNING LT P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand and need and principles of deep neural networks
 To understand CNN and RNN architectures of deep neural networks
 To comprehend advanced deep learning models
 To learn the evaluation metrics for deep learning models
UNIT I DEEP NETWORKS BASICS 9
Linear Algebra: Scalars -- Vectors -- Matrices and tensors; Probability Distributions -- Gradient-based
Optimization – Machine Learning Basics: Capacity -- Overfitting and underfitting --Hyperparameters
and validation sets -- Estimators -- Bias and variance -- Stochastic gradient descent -- Challenges
motivating deep learning; Deep Networks: Deep feedforward networks; Regularization --
Optimization.

UNIT II CONVOLUTIONAL NEURAL NETWORKS 9

Convolution Operation -- Sparse Interactions -- Parameter Sharing -- Equivariance -- Pooling --
Convolution Variants: Strided -- Tiled -- Transposed and dilated convolutions; CNN Learning:
Nonlinearity Functions -- Loss Functions -- Regularization -- Optimizers --Gradient Computation.

UNIT III RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS 10

Unfolding Graphs -- RNN Design Patterns: Acceptor -- Encoder --Transducer; Gradient Computation
-- Sequence Modeling Conditioned on Contexts -- Bidirectional RNN -- Sequence to Sequence RNN
– Deep Recurrent Networks -- Recursive Neural Networks -- Long Term Dependencies; Leaky Units:
Skip connections and dropouts; Gated Architecture: LSTM.

UNIT IV MODEL EVALUATION 8

Performance metrics -- Baseline Models -- Hyperparameters: Manual Hyperparameter -- Automatic
Hyperparameter -- Grid search -- Random search -- Debugging strategies.

UNIT V AUTOENCODERS AND GENERATIVE MODELS 9

Autoencoders: Undercomplete autoencoders -- Regularized autoencoders -- Stochastic encoders
and decoders -- Learning with autoencoders; Deep Generative Models: Variational autoencoders –
Generative adversarial networks.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES

After the completion of this course, students will be able to:

CO1:Explain the basics in deep neural networks
CO2:Apply Convolution Neural Network for image processing
CO3:Apply Recurrent Neural Network and its variants for text analysis
CO4:Apply model evaluation for various applications
CO5:Apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications

TEXT BOOK
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, ``Deep Learning'', MIT Press, 2016.
2. Andrew Glassner, “Deep Learning: A Visual Approach”, No Starch Press, 2021.
81
REFERENCES
1. Salman Khan, Hossein Rahmani, Syed Afaq Ali Shah, Mohammed Bennamoun, ``A Guide to
Convolutional Neural Networks for Computer Vision'', Synthesis Lectures on Computer Vision,
Morgan & Claypool publishers, 2018.
2. Yoav Goldberg, ``Neural Network Methods for Natural Language Processing'', Synthesis Lectures
on Human Language Technologies, Morgan & Claypool publishers, 2017.Francois Chollet, ``Deep
Learning with Python'', Manning Publications Co, 2018.
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, ``Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook'', Springer International
Publishing, 2018.
4. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, ``Deep Learning: A Practitioner's Approach'', O'Reilly Media, 2017.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 3 1 - - - 2 3 1 2 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 3 1 1 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 1 1 2 2 1 3
4 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 1 3 1 3 2 1 1
5 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 2 2 3 3
AVG 2.8 2.4 2 2.4 2.2 - - - 1.6 2.4 1.4 2.4 2 1.8 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

221AIDC52 DATA AND INFORMATION SECURITY L TPC

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of Information Security
 To know the legal, ethical and professional issues in Information Security
 To equip the students’ knowledge on digital signature, email security and web security

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
History, What is Information Security?, Critical Characteristics of Information, NSTISSC Security
Model, Components of an Information System, Securing the Components, Balancing Security and
Access, The SDLC, The Security SDLC

UNIT II SECURITY INVESTIGATION 9

Need for Security, Business Needs, Threats, Attacks, Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues - An
Overview of Computer Security - Access Control Matrix, Policy-Security policies, Confidentiality
policies, Integrity policies and Hybrid policies

UNIT III DIGITAL SIGNATURE AND AUTHENTICATION 9

Digital Signature and Authentication Schemes: Digital signature-Digital Signature Schemes and their
Variants- Digital Signature Standards-Authentication: Overview- Requirements Protocols -
Applications - Kerberos -X.509 Directory Services

82
UNIT IV E-MAIL AND IP SECURITY 9
E-mail and IP Security: Electronic mail security: Email Architecture -PGP – Operational Descriptions-
Key management- Trust Model- S/MIME.IP Security: Overview- Architecture - ESP, AH Protocols
IPSec Modes – Security association - Key management.

UNIT V WEB SECURITY 9

Web Security: Requirements- Secure Sockets Layer- Objectives-Layers -SSL secure
communication-Protocols - Transport Level Security. Secure Electronic Transaction- Entities DS
Verification-SET processing.
TOTAL :45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of data and information security
CO2:Understand the legal, ethical and professional issues in information security
CO3: Understand the various authentication schemes to simulate different applications.
CO4:Understand various security practices and system security standards
CO5:Understand the Web security protocols for E-Commerce applications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, “Principles of Information Security, Course
Technology, 6th Edition, 2017.
2. Stallings William. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, Seventh
Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Harold F. Tipton, Micki Krause Nozaki,, “Information Security Management Handbook,
Volume 6, 6th Edition, 2016.
2. Stuart McClure, Joel Scrambray, George Kurtz, “Hacking Exposed”, McGraw- Hill, Seventh
Edition, 2012.
3. Matt Bishop, “Computer Security Art and Science, Addison Wesley Reprint Edition, 2015.
4. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography And network security, 3rd
Edition, . McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.
5. CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 1 - - - - 1 3 1 2 3 1 1
2 1 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 2
3 2 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
4 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 3 1 1 3 2 3 3
5 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 2 1
AVG 2.4 2.6 2.4 2.2 1.5 - - - 1.4 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.8 2 1.6

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

83
221AIDC53 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING L TP C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the computation and communication models of distributed systems
 To illustrate the issues of synchronization and collection of information in distributed systems
 To describe distributed mutual exclusion and distributed deadlock detection techniques
 To elucidate agreement protocols and fault tolerance mechanisms in distributed systems
 To explain the cloud computing models and the underlying concepts
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 8
Introduction: Definition-Relation to Computer System Components – Motivation – Message -Passing
Systems versus Shared Memory Systems – Primitives for Distributed Communication –
Synchronous versus Asynchronous Executions – Design Issues and Challenges; A Model of
Distributed Computations: A Distributed Program – A Model of Distributed Executions – Models of
Communication Networks – Global State of a Distributed System.

UNIT II LOGICAL TIME AND GLOBAL STATE 10

Logical Time: Physical Clock Synchronization: NTP – A Framework for a System of Logical Clocks
– Scalar Time – Vector Time; Message Ordering and Group Communication: Message Ordering
Paradigms – Asynchronous Execution with Synchronous Communication – Synchronous Program
Order on Asynchronous System – Group Communication – Causal Order – Total Order; Global State
and Snapshot Recording Algorithms: Introduction – System Model and Definitions – Snapshot
Algorithms for FIFO Channels.

UNIT III DISTRIBUTED MUTEX AND DEADLOCK 10

Distributed Mutual exclusion Algorithms: Introduction – Preliminaries – Lamport’s algorithm – Ricart-
Agrawala’s Algorithm –– Token-Based Algorithms – Suzuki-Kasami’s Broadcast Algorithm;
Deadlock Detection in Distributed Systems: Introduction – System Model – Preliminaries – Models
of Deadlocks – Chandy-Misra-Haas Algorithm for the AND model and OR Model.

UNIT IV CONSENSUS AND RECOVERY 10

Consensus and Agreement Algorithms: Problem Definition – Overview of Results – Agreement in a
Failure-Free System(Synchronous and Asynchronous) – Agreement in Synchronous Systems with
Failures; Checkpointing and Rollback Recovery: Introduction – Background and Definitions – Issues
in Failure Recovery – Checkpoint-based Recovery – Coordinated Checkpointing Algorithm -
- Algorithm for Asynchronous Checkpointing and Recovery

UNIT V CLOUD COMPUTING 7

Definition of Cloud Computing – Characteristics of Cloud – Cloud Deployment Models – Cloud
Service Models – Driving Factors and Challenges of Cloud – Virtualization – Load Balancing –
Scalability and Elasticity – Replication – Monitoring – Cloud Services and Platforms: Compute
Services – Storage Services – Application Services
TOTAL :45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:Upon the completion of this course, the student will be able to

CO1: Explain the foundations of distributed systems (K2)

CO2: Solve synchronization and state consistency problems (K3)
CO3 Use resource sharing techniques in distributed systems (K3)
84
 CO4: Apply working model of consensus and reliability of distributed systems (K3)
CO5: Explain the fundamentals of cloud computing (K2)

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kshemkalyani Ajay D, Mukesh Singhal, “Distributed Computing: Principles, Algorithms and
Systems”, Cambridge Press, 2011.
2. Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating systems”, Mc-Graw
Hill Publishers, 1994.
REFERENCES
1. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore, Time Kindberg, “Distributed Systems Concepts and Design”,
Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Pradeep L Sinha, “Distributed Operating Systems: Concepts and Design”, Prentice Hall of India,
2007.
3. Tanenbaum A S, Van Steen M, “Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms”, Pearson
Education, 2007.
4. Liu M L, “Distributed Computing: Principles and Applications”, Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Nancy A Lynch, “Distributed Algorithms”, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003.
6. Arshdeep Bagga, Vijay Madisetti, “ Cloud Computing: A Hands-On Approach”, Universities
Press, 2014.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 2 1 3 3 2 1 1
2 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
3 2 2 1 3 3 - - - 3 2 1 1 1 2 1
4 1 2 2 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 1 3 1 1
5 3 3 1 2 3 - - - 3 3 3 1 3 2 3
AVg. 1.8 2.4 1.8 2.4 2 - - - 2.6 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 1.8 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

85
 221AIDC54 BIG DATA ANALYTICS LT PC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand big data.
 To learn and use NoSQL big data management.
 To learn mapreduce analytics using Hadoop and related tools.
 To work with map reduce applications
 To understand the usage of Hadoop related tools for Big Data Analytics

UNIT I UNDERSTANDING BIG DATA 5

Introduction to big data – convergence of key trends – unstructured data – industry examples of big
data – web analytics – big data applications– big data technologies – introduction to Hadoop – open
source technologies – cloud and big data – mobile business intelligence – Crowd sourcing analytics
– inter and trans firewall analytics.

UNIT II NOSQL DATA MANAGEMENT 7

Introduction to NoSQL – aggregate data models – key-value and document data models –
relationships – graph databases – schemaless databases – materialized views – distribution models
– master-slave replication – consistency - Cassandra – Cassandra data model – Cassandra
examples – Cassandra clients

UNIT IV MAP REDUCE APPLICATIONS 6

MapReduce workflows – unit tests with MRUnit – test data and local tests – anatomy of MapReduce
job run – classic Map-reduce – YARN – failures in classic Map-reduce and YARN – job scheduling
– shuffle and sort – task execution – MapReduce types – input formats – output formats.
UNIT III BASICS OF HADOOP 6
Data format – analyzing data with Hadoop – scaling out – Hadoop streaming – Hadoop pipes –
design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS) – HDFS concepts – Java interface – data flow –
Hadoop I/O – data integrity – compression – serialization – Avro – file-based data structures -
Cassandra – Hadoop integration.

UNIT V HADOOP RELATED TOOLS 6

Hbase – data model and implementations – Hbase clients – Hbase examples – praxis.
Pig – Grunt – pig data model – Pig Latin – developing and testing Pig Latin scripts.
Hive – data types and file formats – HiveQL data definition – HiveQL data manipulation – HiveQL
queries.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1:Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains.
CO2:Explain NoSQL big data management.
CO3:Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS.
CO4:Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop.
CO5:Use Hadoop-related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for big data analytics.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS

86
1. Downloading and installing Hadoop; Understanding different Hadoop modes. Startup scripts,
Configuration files.
2. Hadoop Implementation of file management tasks, such as Adding files and directories,
retrieving files and Deleting files
3. Implement of Matrix Multiplication with Hadoop Map Reduce
4. Run a basic Word Count Map Reduce program to understand Map Reduce Paradigm.
5. Installation of Hive along with practice examples.
7. Installation of HBase, Installing thrift along with Practice examples
8. Practice importing and exporting data from various databases.

Software Requirements:
Cassandra, Hadoop, Java, Pig, Hive and HBase. TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and AmbigaDhiraj, "Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging
Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
2. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
3. Sadalage, Pramod J. “NoSQL distilled”, 2013
REFERENCES:
1. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
2. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
3. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2010.
4. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilley, 2011.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 1 1 3 3
2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 2 3 2
3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 3 3
4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 2 3 2 3
AVg. 2.8 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 - - - 2.2 1.8 2.6 2 2.2 2.8 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

87
 22AIDL58 DEEP LEARNING LABORATORY LTPC
0 0 42
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the tools and techniques to implement deep neural networks
 To apply different deep learning architectures for solving problems
 To implement generative models for suitable applications
 To learn to build and validate different models
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Solving XOR problem using DNN
2. Character recognition using CNN
3. Face recognition using CNN
4. Language modeling using RNN
5. Sentiment analysis using LSTM
6. Parts of speech tagging using Sequence to Sequence architecture
7. Machine Translation using Encoder-Decoder model
8. Image augmentation using GANs
9. Mini-project on real world applications
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1:Apply deep neural network for simple problems (K3)
CO2:Apply Convolution Neural Network for image processing (K3)
CO3:Apply Recurrent Neural Network and its variants for text analysis (K3)
CO4:Apply generative models for data augmentation (K3)
CO5:Develop real-world solutions using suitable deep neural networks (K4)

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
2 1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 1 3 1
3 3 2 1 2 1 - - - 2 3 1 1 2 3 3
4 3 3 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 2 2 3 2 2
5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 3 2
AVG 2.6 2.6 1.6 2 1.4 - - - 2 2.4 2.2 1.6 2.4 2.8 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

88
 221AIDL59 SUMMER INTERNSHIP LT PC
000 2
COURSE OBJECTIVES:

To enable the students to

 Get connected with reputed industry/ laboratory/academia / research institute
 Get practical knowledge on Product Development / Services and operations / Software
Design and Development / Testing / Analytics/ research/ startups/ professionalism / business
processes and insights / domain knowledge/ Industry Practices/ and other related aspects
and develop skills to solve related problems
 Develop technical, soft, team skills to cater to the needs of the industry / academia /
businesses / research / organizations in the core aspects of Automation, Digitalization
The students individually undergo training in reputed firms/ research institutes / laboratories for the
specified duration. After the completion of training, a detailed report should be submitted within ten
days from the commencement of next semester. The students will be evaluated as per the
Regulations.

No. of Weeks: 04
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the student will know about
CO1: Industry Practices, Processes,Techniques, technology, automation and other core aspects of
software industry
CO2: Analyze, Design solutions to complex business problems
CO3: Build and deploy solutions for target platform
CO4: Preparation of Technical reports and presentation.

89
 22152S61 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT LT PC
3 0 24
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn the internal architecture and programming of an embedded processor.
 To introduce interfacing I/O devices to the processor.
 To introduce the evolution of the Internet of Things (IoT).
 To build a small low-cost embedded and IoT system using Arduino/Raspberry Pi/ open
platform.
 To apply the concept of Internet of Things in real world scenario.

UNIT I 8-BIT EMBEDDED PROCESSOR 9

8-Bit Microcontroller – Architecture – Instruction Set and Programming – Programming Parallel Ports
– Timers and Serial Port – Interrupt Handling.

UNIT II EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING 9

Memory And I/O Devices Interfacing – Programming Embedded Systems in C – Need For RTOS –
Multiple Tasks and Processes – Context Switching – Priority Based Scheduling Policies.

UNIT III IOT AND ARDUINO PROGRAMMING 9

Introduction to the Concept of IoT Devices – IoT Devices Versus
Computers – IoT Configurations – Basic Components – Introduction to Arduino – Types of Arduino
– Arduino Toolchain – Arduino Programming Structure – Sketches – Pins – Input/Output From Pins
Using Sketches – Introduction to Arduino Shields – Integration of Sensors and Actuators with
Arduino.

UNIT IV IOT COMMUNICATION AND OPEN PLATFORMS 9

IoT Communication Models and APIs – IoT Communication Protocols – Bluetooth – WiFi – ZigBee
– GPS – GSM modules – Open Platform (like Raspberry Pi) – Architecture – Programming –
Interfacing – Accessing GPIO Pins – Sending and Receiving Signals Using GPIO Pins – Connecting
to the Cloud.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT 9

Complete Design of Embedded Systems – Development of IoT Applications – Home Automation –
Smart Agriculture – Smart Cities – Smart Healthcare.
45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Write 8051 Assembly Language experiments using simulator.
2. Test data transfer between registers and memory.
3. Perform ALU operations.
4. Write Basic and arithmetic Programs Using Embedded C.
5. Introduction to Arduino platform and programming
6. Explore different communication methods with IoT devices (Zigbee, GSM,
Bluetooth)
7. Introduction to Raspberry PI platform and python programming
8. Interfacing sensors with Raspberry PI

9. Communicate between Arduino and Raspberry PI using any wireless medium

10. Setup a cloud platform to log the data
11. Log Data using Raspberry PI and upload to the cloud platform
90
 12. Design an IOT based system

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Explain the architecture of embedded processors.
CO2: Write embedded C programs.
CO3: Design simple embedded applications.
CO4: Compare the communication models in IOT
CO5: Design IoT applications using Arduino/Raspberry Pi /open platform.
TOTAL:75 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2014
2. Robert Barton, Patrick Grossetete, David Hanes, Jerome Henry, Gonzalo Salgueiro, “IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of Things”,
CISCO Press, 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System Design”,
Elsevier, 2006.
3. Andrew N Sloss, D. Symes, C. Wright, “Arm System Developer's Guide”, Morgan Kauffman/
Elsevier, 2006.
4. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”, Universities Press,
2015.
5. CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 1 2 3 2 1 1
2 2 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 1 1 2
3 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 3 1 1 2 1 3
4 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 3 1 1 2 2 3
5 3 2 1 1 3 - - - 3 2 3 2 1 3 1
AVG 2.4 2 1.6 2 2 - - - 1.8 2.2 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 2
6. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

91
22147S71 HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS LTP C
2 0 0 2
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course aims to provide a broad understanding about the modern values and ethical principles
that have evolved and are enshrined in the Constitution of India with regard to the democratic, secular
and scientific aspects. The course is designed for undergraduate students so that they could study,
understand and apply these values in their day to day life.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To create awareness about values and ethics enshrined in the Constitution of India
 To sensitize students about the democratic values to be upheld in the modern society.
 To inculcate respect for all people irrespective of their religion or other affiliations.
 To instill the scientific temper in the students’ minds and develop their critical thinking.
 To promote sense of responsibility and understanding of the duties of citizen.

UNIT I DEMOCRATIC VALUES 6

Understanding Democratic values: Equality, Liberty, Fraternity, Freedom, Justice, Pluralism,
Tolerance, Respect for All, Freedom of Expression, Citizen Participation in Governance – World
Democracies: French Revolution, American Independence, Indian Freedom Movement.
Reading Text: Excerpts from John Stuart Mills’ On Liberty

UNIT II SECULAR VALUES 6

Understanding Secular values – Interpretation of secularism in Indian context - Disassociation of state
from religion – Acceptance of all faiths – Encouraging non-discriminatory practices.

Reading Text: Excerpt from Secularism in India: Concept and Practice by Ram Puniyani

UNIT III SCIENTIFIC VALUES 6

Scientific thinking and method: Inductive and Deductive thinking, Proposing and testing Hypothesis,
Validating facts using evidence based approach – Skepticism and Empiricism – Rationalism and
Scientific Temper.

Reading Text: Excerpt from The Scientific Temper by Antony Michaelis R

UNIT IV SOCIAL ETHICS 6

Application of ethical reasoning to social problems – Gender bias and issues – Gender violence –
Social discrimination – Constitutional protection and policies – Inclusive practices.

Reading Text: Excerpt from 21 Lessons for the 21st Century by Yuval Noah Harari

UNIT V SCIENTIFIC ETHICS 6

Transparency and Fairness in scientific pursuits – Scientific inventions for the betterment of society
- Unfair application of scientific inventions – Role and Responsibility of Scientist in the modern
society.

Reading Text: Excerpt from American Prometheus: The Triumph and Tragedy of J.Robert
Oppenheimer by Kai Bird and Martin J. Sherwin.

92
 TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

REFERENCES:
1. The Nonreligious: Understanding Secular People and Societies, Luke W. Galen Oxford
University Press, 2016.
2. Secularism: A Dictionary of Atheism, Bullivant, Stephen; Lee, Lois, Oxford University Press,2016.
3. The Oxford Handbook of Secularism, John R. Shook, Oxford University Press, 2017.
4. The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations by Gabriel A. Almond
and Sidney Verba, Princeton University Press,
5. Research Methodology for Natural Sciences by Soumitro Banerjee, IISc Press, January 2022

COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will be able to
CO1 : Identify the importance of democratic, secular and scientific values in harmonious functioning
of social life
CO2 : Practice democratic and scientific values in both their personal and professional life.
CO3 : Find rational solutions to social problems.
CO4 : Behave in an ethical manner in society
CO5 : Practice critical thinking and the pursuit of truth.

93
 221AIDC81 PROJECT WORK / INTERNSHIP L T P C
0 0 20 10

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To train the students

 For gaining domain knowledge, and technical skills to solve potential business / research
problems
 Gather requirements and Design suitable software solutions and evaluate
 alternatives
 To work in small teams and understand the processes and practices in the ‘industry.
 Implement, Test and deploy solutions for target platforms
 Preparing project reports and presentation

The students shall individually / or as group work on business/research domains and related
problems approved by the Department / organization that offered the internship / project.

The student can select any topic which is relevant to his/her specialization of the programme. The
student should continue the work on the selected topic as per the formulated methodology. At the
end of the semester, after completing the work to the satisfaction of the supervisor and review
committee, a detailed report which contains clear definition of the identified problem, detailed
literature review related to the area of work and methodology for carrying out the work, results and
discussion, conclusion and references should be prepared as per the format prescribed by the
University and submitted to the Head of the department. The students will be evaluated based on
the report and viva-voce examination by a panel of examiners as per the Regulations.

TOTAL: 300 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the project, the student will be able to

CO1: Gain Domain knowledge and technical skill set required for solving industry /
research problems
CO2: Provide solution architecture, module level designs, algorithms
CO3: Implement, test and deploy the solution for the target platform
CO4: Prepare detailed technical report, demonstrate and present the work

94
 ELECTIVE - I (SEMESTER V)

221AIDC55A KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of Knowledge Engineering.
 To discuss methodologies and modeling for Agent Design and Development.
 To design and develop ontologies.
 To apply reasoning with ontologies and rules.
 To understand learning and rule learning.

UNIT I REASONING UNDER UNCERTAINTY 6

Introduction – Abductive reasoning – Probabilistic reasoning: Enumerative Probabilities – Subjective
Bayesian view – Belief Functions – Baconian Probability – Fuzzy Probability – Uncertainty methods
- Evidence-based reasoning – Intelligent Agent – Mixed-Initiative Reasoning – Knowledge
Engineering.

UNIT II METHODOLOGY AND MODELING 6

Conventional Design and Development – Development tools and Reusable Ontologies – Agent
Design and Development using Learning Technology – Problem Solving through Analysis and
Synthesis – Inquiry-driven Analysis and Synthesis – Evidence-based Assessment – Believability
Assessment – Drill-Down Analysis, Assumption-based Reasoning, and What-If Scenarios.

UNIT III ONTOLOGIES – DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 6

Concepts and Instances – Generalization Hierarchies – Object Features – Defining Features –
Representation – Transitivity – Inheritance – Concepts as Feature Values – Ontology Matching.
Design and Development Methodologies – Steps in Ontology Development – Domain Understanding
and Concept Elicitation – Modelling-based Ontology Specification.

UNIT IV REASONIING WITH ONTOLOGIES AND RULES 6

Production System Architecture – Complex Ontology-based Concepts – Reduction and Synthesis
rules and the Inference Engine – Evidence-based hypothesis analysis – Rule and Ontology Matching
– Partially Learned Knowledge – Reasoning with Partially Learned Knowledge.

UNIT V LEARNING AND RULE LEARNING 6

Machine Learning – Concepts – Generalization and Specialization Rules – Types – Formal definition
of Generalization. Modelling, Learning and Problem Solving – Rule learning and Refinement –
Overview – Rule Generation and Analysis – Hypothesis Learning.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. Perform operations with Evidence Based Reasoning.
2. Perform Evidence based Analysis.
3. Perform operations on Probability Based Reasoning.
4. Perform Believability Analysis.
5. Implement Rule Learning and refinement.
6. Perform analysis based on learned patterns.
7. Construction of Ontology for a given domain.

95
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of Knowledge Engineering.
CO2: Apply methodologies and modelling for Agent Design and Development.
CO3: Design and develop ontologies.
CO4: Apply reasoning with ontologies and rules.
CO5: Understand learning and rule learning.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gheorghe Tecuci, Dorin Marcu, Mihai Boicu, David A. Schum, Knowledge Engineering
Building Cognitive Assistants for Evidence-based Reasoning, Cambridge University Press,
First Edition, 2016. (Unit 1 – Chapter 1 / Unit 2 – Chapter 3,4 / Unit 3 – Chapter 5, 6 / Unit 4
- 7 , Unit 5 – Chapter 8, 9 )

REFERENCES:
1. Ronald J. Brachman, Hector J. Levesque: Knowledge Representation and Reasoning,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.
2. Ela Kumar, Knowledge Engineering, I K International Publisher House, 2018.
3. John F. Sowa: Knowledge Representation: Logical, Philosophical, and Computational
Foundations, Brooks/Cole, Thomson Learning, 2000.
4. King , Knowledge Management and Organizational Learning , Springer, 2009.
5. Jay Liebowitz, Knowledge Management Learning from Knowledge Engineering, 1st
Edition,2001.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 1 3 3 1
3 2 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
4 2 2 3 1 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
5 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
AVG 2.4 1.8 2.4 1.4 1.4 0.2 0 0 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

96
 221AIDC55B RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the foundations of the recommender system.
 To learn the significance of machine learning and data mining algorithms for
Recommender systems
 To learn about collaborative filtering
 To make students design and implement a recommender system.
 To learn collaborative filtering.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction and basic taxonomy of recommender systems - Traditional and non-personalized
Recommender Systems - Overview of data mining methods for recommender systems- similarity
measures- Dimensionality reduction – Singular Value Decomposition (SVD)
Suggested Activities:

 Practical learning – Implement Data similarity measures.

 External Learning – Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) applications

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

 Quiz on Recommender systems.

 Quiz of python tools available for implementing Recommender systems

UNIT II CONTENT-BASED RECOMMENDATION SYSTEMS 6

High-level architecture of content-based systems - Item profiles, Representing item profiles, Methods
for learning user profiles, Similarity-based retrieval, and Classification algorithms.
Suggested Activities:
 Assignment on content-based recommendation systems
 Assignment of learning user profiles

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

 Quiz on similarity-based retrieval.
 Quiz of content-based filtering

UNIT III COLLABORATIVE FILTERING 6

A systematic approach, Nearest-neighbor collaborative filtering (CF), user-based and item-based
CF, components of neighborhood methods (rating normalization, similarity weight computation, and
neighborhood selection

Suggested Activities:
● Practical learning – Implement collaborative filtering concepts
● Assignment of security aspects of recommender systems

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

● Quiz on collaborative filtering
● Seminar on security measures of recommender systems
97
 UNIT IV ATTACK-RESISTANT RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 6
Introduction – Types of Attacks – Detecting attacks on recommender systems – Individual attack –
Group attack – Strategies for robust recommender design - Robust recommendation algorithms.

Suggested Activities:
● Group Discussion on attacks and their mitigation
● Study of the impact of group attacks
● External Learning – Use of CAPTCHAs

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

● Quiz on attacks on recommender systems

● Seminar on preventing attacks using the CAPTCHAs

UNIT V EVALUATING RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 6

Evaluating Paradigms – User Studies – Online and Offline evaluation – Goals of evaluation design
– Design Issues – Accuracy metrics – Limitations of Evaluation measures

Suggested Activities:
● Group Discussion on goals of evaluation design
● Study of accuracy metrics

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

 Quiz on evaluation design
 Problems on accuracy measures 30 PERIODS
Practical Exercises 30 PERIODS
1. Implement Data similarity measures using Python
2. Implement dimension reduction techniques for recommender systems
3. Implement user profile learning
4. Implement content-based recommendation systems
5. Implement collaborative filter techniques
6. Create an attack for tampering with recommender systems
7. Implement accuracy metrics like Receiver Operated Characteristic curves
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of recommender systems.
CO2:Implement machine-learning and data-mining algorithms in recommender systems
data sets.
CO3:Implementation of Collaborative Filtering in carrying out performance evaluation of
recommender systems based on various metrics.
CO4:Design and implement a simple recommender system.
CO5: Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems.
CO6:Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems applications

98
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer, 2016.
2. Dietmar Jannach , Markus Zanker , Alexander Felfernig and Gerhard Friedrich,
Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge University Press (2011), 1st ed.
3. Francesco Ricci , Lior Rokach , Bracha Shapira , Recommender Sytems Handbook, 1st ed,
Springer (2011),
4. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of massive datasets, 3rd
edition, Cambridge University Press, 2020.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 - - 1 - - -
2 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
3 2 3 1 - 1 - - - 2 - - _ - - -
4 3 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 - - 2 - - -
5 1 1 - 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
6 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
AVg 1.83 2 0.83 1.16 1 - - - 0.83 - - 1 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

99
221AIDC55C SOFT COMPUTING LTPC
2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human
experience.
 To provide the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated with
neural network learning
 To learn various evolutionary Algorithms.
 To become familiar with neural networks that can learn from available examples and
generalize to form appropriate rules for inference systems.
 To introduce case studies utilizing the above and illustrate the Intelligent behavior of
programs based on soft computing

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING AND FUZZY LOGIC 6

Introduction - Fuzzy Logic - Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Membership Functions, Operations on Fuzzy Sets,
Fuzzy Relations, Operations on Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy
Inference Systems

UNIT II NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Supervised Learning Neural Networks – Perceptrons - Backpropagation -Multilayer Perceptrons –
Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks – Kohonen Self-Organizing Networks

UNIT III GENETIC ALGORITHMS 6

Chromosome Encoding Schemes -Population initialization and selection methods - Evaluation
function - Genetic operators- Cross over – Mutation - Fitness Function – Maximizing function.

UNIT IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING 6

ANFIS architecture – hybrid learning – ANFIS as universal approximator – Coactive Neuro fuzzy
modeling – Framework – Neuron functions for adaptive networks – Neuro fuzzy spectrum - Analysis of
Adaptive Learning Capability

UNIT V APPLICATIONS 6
Modeling a two input sine function - Printed Character Recognition – Fuzzy filtered neural networks
– Plasma Spectrum Analysis – Hand written neural recognition - Soft Computing for Color
RecipePrediction.

OUTCOMES:

30 PERIODS
CO1:Understand the fundamentals of fuzzy logic operators and inference mechanisms
CO2:Understand neural network architecture for AI applications such as classification and clustering
CO3:Learn the functionality of Genetic Algorithms in Optimization problems
CO4:Use hybrid techniques involving Neural networks and Fuzzy logic
CO5:Apply soft computing techniques in real world applications

PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS

1. Implementation of fuzzy control/ inference system
2. Programming exercise on classification with a discrete perceptron
10
0
3. Implementation of XOR with backpropagation algorithm
4. Implementation of self organizing maps for a specific application
5. Programming exercises on maximizing a function using Genetic algorithm
6. Implementation of two input sine function
7. Implementation of three input non linear function
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. SaJANG, J.-S. R., SUN, C.-T., & MIZUTANI, E. (1997). Neuro-fuzzy and soft computing: A
computational approach to learning and machine intelligence. Upper Saddle River, NJ,
Prentice Hall,1997
2. Himanshu Singh, Yunis Ahmad Lone, Deep Neuro-Fuzzy Systems with Python
3. With Case Studies and Applications from the Industry, Apress, 2020.

REFERENCES
1. roj Kaushik and Sunita Tiwari, Soft Computing-Fundamentals Techniques and Applications,
1st Edition, McGraw Hill, 2018.
2. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms”, PHI,
2003.
3. Samir Roy, Udit Chakraborthy, Introduction to Soft Computing, Neuro Fuzzy and Genetic
Algorithms, Pearson Education, 2013.
4. S.N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Third Edition, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd, 2019.
5. R.Eberhart, P.Simpson and R.Dobbins, “Computational Intelligence - PC Tools”, AP
Professional, Boston, 1996.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 2 3 1 2
2 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 1 3
3 1 3 2 2 1 - - - 3 1 1 2 1 3 2
4 1 2 1 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 1 2 1 1
5 2 3 1 2 1 - - - 3 3 3 2 1 2 3
AVG 1.8 2.6 2 2.4 2 - - - 3 2 2.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

10
1
 221AIDC55D TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS LT P C
20 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Understand natural language processing basics
 Apply classification algorithms to text documents
 Build question-answering and dialogue systems
 Develop a speech recognition system
 Develop a speech synthesizer

UNIT I NATURAL LANGUAGE BASICS 6

Foundations of natural language processing – Language Syntax and Structure- Text Preprocessing
and Wrangling – Text tokenization – Stemming – Lemmatization – Removing stop-words – Feature
Engineering for Text representation – Bag of Words model- Bag of N-Grams model – TF-IDF model

Suggested Activities
● Flipped classroom on NLP
● Implementation of Text Preprocessing using NLTK
● Implementation of TF-IDF models
Suggested Evaluation Methods
 Quiz on NLP Basics
 Demonstration of Programs

UNIT II TEXT CLASSIFICATION 6

Vector Semantics and Embeddings -Word Embeddings - Word2Vec model – Glove model –
FastText model – Overview of Deep Learning models – RNN – Transformers – Overview of Text
summarization and Topic Models

Suggested Activities
 Flipped classroom on Feature extraction of documents
 Implementation of SVM models for text classification
 External learning: Text summarization and Topic models
Suggested Evaluation Methods
 Assignment on above topics
 Quiz on RNN, Transformers
 Implementing NLP with RNN and Transformers

UNIT III QUESTION ANSWERING AND DIALOGUE SYSTEMS 9

Information retrieval – IR-based question answering – knowledge-based question answering –
language models for QA – classic QA models – chatbots – Design of dialogue systems -–
evaluating dialogue systems

Suggested Activities:
 Flipped classroom on language models for QA
 Developing a knowledge-based question-answering system
 Classic QA model development

Suggested Evaluation Methods

 Assignment on the above topics

10
2
  Quiz on knowledge-based question answering system
 Development of simple chatbots

UNIT IV TEXT-TO-SPEECH SYNTHESIS 6

Overview. Text normalization. Letter-to-sound. Prosody, Evaluation. Signal processing -
Concatenative and parametric approaches, WaveNet and other deep learning-based TTS systems

Suggested Activities:
 Flipped classroom on Speech signal processing
 Exploring Text normalization
 Data collection
 Implementation of TTS systems
Suggested Evaluation Methods

 Assignment on the above topics

 Quiz on wavenet, deep learning-based TTS systems
 Finding accuracy with different TTS systems

UNIT V AUTOMATIC SPEECH RECOGNITION 6

Speech recognition: Acoustic modelling – Feature Extraction - HMM, HMM-DNN systems

Suggested Activities:
 Flipped classroom on Speech recognition.
 Exploring Feature extraction

Suggested Evaluation Methods

 Assignment on the above topics

 Quiz on acoustic modelling
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Create Regular expressions in Python for detecting word patterns and tokenizing text.
2. Getting started with Python and NLTK - Searching Text, Counting Vocabulary, Frequency
Distribution, Collocations, Bigrams
3. Accessing Text Corpora using NLTK in Python
4. Write a function that finds the 50 most frequently occurring words of a text that are not stop
words.
5. Implement the Word2Vec model
6. Use a transformer for implementing classification
7. Design a chatbot with a simple dialog system
8. Convert text to speech and find accuracy
9. Design a speech recognition system and find the error rate
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Explain existing and emerging deep learning architectures for text and speech processing
CO2: Apply deep learning techniques for NLP tasks, language modelling and machine translation
CO3: Explain coreference and coherence for text processing
CO4: Build question-answering systems, chatbots and dialogue systems
10
3
CO5: Apply deep learning models for building speech recognition and text-to-speech systems

TEXTBOOK
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction
to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”, Third
Edition, 2022.

REFERENCES:

1. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World approach to Gaining
Actionable insights from your data”, APress,2018.
2. Tanveer Siddiqui, Tiwary U S, “Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval”,
Oxford University Press, 2008.
3. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana, “Fundamentals of Speech
Recognition” 1st Edition, Pearson, 2009.
4. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing with Python”,
O’REILLY.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 1 3 - - - 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
2 3 1 2 1 3 - - - 2 2 1 3 3 2 1
3 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 3 3 1
4 2 1 1 1 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 3 1 1
5 1 3 2 2 1 - - - 3 2 1 1 2 3 1
AVG 2.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 2 - - - 2.2 2 1.2 2 2.4 2 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

10
4
 22AIDC55E BUSINESS ANALYTICS LTPC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the Analytics Life Cycle.
 To comprehend the process of acquiring Business Intelligence
 To understand various types of analytics for Business Forecasting
 To model the supply chain management for Analytics.
 To apply analytics for different functions of a business

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS 6

Analytics and Data Science – Analytics Life Cycle – Types of Analytics – Business Problem Definition
– Data Collection – Data Preparation – Hypothesis Generation – Modeling – Validation and
Evaluation – Interpretation – Deployment and Iteration

UNIT II BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 6

Data Warehouses and Data Mart - Knowledge Management –Types of Decisions - Decision Making
Process - Decision Support Systems – Business Intelligence –OLAP – Analytic functions

UNIT III BUSINESS FORECASTING 6

Introduction to Business Forecasting and Predictive analytics - Logic and Data Driven Models –Data
Mining and Predictive Analysis Modelling –Machine Learning for Predictive analytics.

UNIT IV HR & SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 6

Human Resources – Planning and Recruitment – Training and Development - Supply chain network
- Planning Demand, Inventory and Supply – Logistics – Analytics applications in HR & Supply Chain
- Applying HR Analytics to make a prediction of the demand for hourly employees for a year.

UNIT V MARKETING & SALES ANALYTICS 6

Marketing Strategy, Marketing Mix, Customer Behaviour –selling Process – Sales Planning – Analytics
applications in Marketing and Sales - predictive analytics for customers' behaviour in marketing and sales.

30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Use MS-Excel and Power-BI to perform the following experiments using a Business data set, and
make presentations.
Students may be encouraged to bring their own real-time socially relevant data set.

I Cycle – MS Excel
1. Explore the features of Ms-Excel.
2. (i) Get the input from user and perform numerical operations (MAX, MIN, AVG, SUM,
SQRT, ROUND)
ii) Perform data import/export operations for different file formats.
3. Perform statistical operations - Mean, Median, Mode and Standard deviation, Variance,
Skewness, Kurtosis
4. Perform Z-test, T-test & ANOVA
5. Perform data pre-processing operations i) Handling Missing data ii) Normalization
6. Perform dimensionality reduction operation using PCA, KPCA & SVD
7. Perform bivariate and multivariate analysis on the dataset.
8. Apply and explore various plotting functions on the data set.II Cycle – Power BI Desktop
10
5
 9. Explore the features of Power BI Desktop
10. Prepare & Load data
11. Develop the data model
12. Perform DAX calculations
13. Design a report
14. Create a dashboard and perform data analysis
15. Presentation of a case study

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Explain the real world business problems and model with analytical solutions.
CO2: Identify the business processes for extracting Business Intelligence
CO3 : Apply predictive analytics for business fore-casting
CO4: Apply analytics for supply chain and logistics management
CO5: Use analytics for marketing and sales. TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. R. Evans James, Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Pearson,2017.R N Prasad, Seema Acharya,
Fundame Analytics, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2016
2. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15th edition, PHI, 2016
3. VSP RAO, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.
4. Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”,3rd Edition,
Pearson Education,2018.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 1 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 3 3 1 2
4 2 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 1 1 3 1
5 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 3 1 1
AVG 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.2 2 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 2 2.6 1.6 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

10
6
22AI8DC55F IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYTICS LTPC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision.
 To learn the techniques used for image pre-processing.
 To discuss the various object detection techniques.
 To understand the various Object recognition mechanisms.
 To elaborate on the video analytics techniques.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Computer Vision – Image representation and image analysis tasks - Image representations –
digitization – properties – color images – Data structures for Image Analysis - Levels of image data
representation - Traditional and Hierarchical image data structures.

UNIT II IMAGE PRE-PROCESSING 6

Local pre-processing - Image smoothing - Edge detectors - Zero-crossings of the second derivative
- Scale in image processing - Canny edge detection - Parametric edge models - Edges in multi-
speralct images - Local pre-processing in the frequency domain - Line detection by local pre-
processing operators - Image restoration.

UNIT III OBJECT DETECTION USING MACHINE LEARNING 6

Object detection– Object detection methods – Deep Learning framework for Object detection–
bounding box approach-Intersection over Union (IoU) –Deep Learning Architectures-R-CNN-Faster R-
CNN-You Only Look Once(YOLO)-Salient features-Loss Functions-YOLO architectures

UNIT IV FACE RECOGNITION AND GESTURE RECOGNITION 6

Face Recognition-Introduction-Applications of Face Recognition-Process of Face Recognition-
DeepFace solution by Facebook-FaceNet for Face Recognition- Implementation using FaceNet-
Gesture Recognition.

UNIT V VIDEO ANALYTICS 6

Video Processing – use cases of video analytics-Vanishing Gradient and exploding gradient problem-
RestNet architecture-RestNet and skip connections-Inception Network-GoogleNet architecture-
Improvement in Inception v2-Video analytics-RestNet and Inception v3. 30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Write a program that computes the T-pyramid of an image.
2. Write a program that derives the quad tree representation of an image using the
homogeneity criterion of equal intensity
3. Develop programs for the following geometric transforms: (a) Rotation (b) Change of scale
(c) Skewing (d) Affine transform calculated from three pairs of corresponding points (e)
Bilinear transform calculated from four pairs of corresponding points.
4. Develop a program to implement Object Detection and Recognition
5. Develop a program for motion analysis using moving edges, and apply it to your image
sequences.
6. Develop a program for Facial Detection and Recognition
7. Write a program for event detection in video surveillance system

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
10
7
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision and video analysis.
CO2: Explain the techniques used for image pre-processing.
CO3: Develop various object detection techniques.
CO4: Understand the various face recognition mechanisms.
CO5: Elaborate on deep learning-based video analytics.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine
Vision”, 4nd edition, Thomson Learning, 2013.
2. Vaibhav Verdhan,(2021, Computer Vision Using Deep Learning Neural Network
Architectures with Python and Keras,Apress 2021(UNIT-III,IV and V)
REFERENCES
1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer Verlag London
2. Limited,2011.
3. Caifeng Shan, FatihPorikli, Tao Xiang, Shaogang Gong, “Video Analytics for Business
Intelligence”, Springer, 2012.
4. D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education, 2003.
5. E. R. Davies, (2012), “Computer & Machine Vision”, Fourth Edition, Academic Press

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 1 2 1 3
2 2 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
3 1 2 2 2 3 - - - 1 2 1 2 1 1 3
4 1 2 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
5 3 2 1 3 2 - - - 2 1 1 3 3 2 1
AVG 2 1.8 2.2 2.4 2.6 - - - 2.2 2 1.4 2 2 1.6 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlatio

10
8
 221AIDC55G COMPUTER VISION LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the fundamental concepts related to Image formation and processing.
 To learn feature detection, matching and detection
 To become familiar with feature based alignment and motion estimation
 To develop skills on 3D reconstruction
 To understand image based rendering and recognition

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE FORMATION AND PROCESSING 6

Computer Vision - Geometric primitives and transformations - Photometric image formation - The
digital camera - Point operators - Linear filtering - More neighborhood operators - Fourier transforms
- Pyramids and wavelets - Geometric transformations - Global optimization.

UNIT II FEATURE DETECTION, MATCHING AND SEGMENTATION 6

Points and patches - Edges - Lines - Segmentation - Active contours - Split and merge - Mean shift
and mode finding - Normalized cuts - Graph cuts and energy-based methods.

UNIT III FEATURE-BASED ALIGNMENT & MOTION ESTIMATION 6

2D and 3D feature-based alignment - Pose estimation - Geometric intrinsic calibration - Triangulation
- Two-frame structure from motion - Factorization - Bundle adjustment - Constrained structure and
motion - Translational alignment - Parametric motion - Spline-based motion - Optical flow - Layered
motion.

UNIT IV 3D RECONSTRUCTION 6
Shape from X - Active rangefinding - Surface representations - Point-based representations-
Volumetric representations - Model-based reconstruction - Recovering texture maps and albedosos.

UNIT V IMAGE-BASED RENDERING AND RECOGNITION 6

View interpolation Layered depth images - Light fields and Lumigraphs - Environment mattes - Video-
based rendering-Object detection - Face recognition - Instance recognition - Category recognition -
Context and scene understanding- Recognition databases and test sets.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS:
Software needed:

OpenCV computer vision Library for OpenCV in Python / PyCharm or C++ / Visual Studio or or
equivalent

● OpenCV Installation and working with Python

● Basic Image Processing - loading images, Cropping, Resizing, Thresholding, Contour
analysis, Bolb detection
● Image Annotation – Drawing lines, text circle, rectangle, ellipse on images
● Image Enhancement - Understanding Color spaces, color space conversion, Histogram
96
 equialization, Convolution, Image smoothing, Gradients, Edge Detection
● Image Features and Image Alignment – Image transforms – Fourier, Hough, Extract ORB
Image features, Feature matching, cloning, Feature matching based image alignment
● Image segmentation using Graphcut / Grabcut
● Camera Calibration with circular grid
● Pose Estimation
● 3D Reconstruction – Creating Depth map from stereo images
● Object Detection and Tracking using Kalman Filter, Camshift

1. docs.opencv.org
2. https://opencv.org/opencv-free-course/
Total :60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1:To understand basic knowledge, theories and methods in image processing and computer
. vision
CO2:To implement basic and some advanced image processing techniques in OpenCV.
CO3:To apply 2D a feature-based based image alignment, segmentation and motion estimations.
CO4:To apply 3D image reconstruction techniques
CO5:To design and develop innovative image processing and computer vision applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer- Texts in
Computer Science, Second Edition, 2022.
2. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Second
Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
2. Christopher M. Bishop; Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006
3. E. R. Davies, Computer and Machine Vision, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 2012
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 1 - - - 2 1 3 2 2 1 1
2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 1 2 2 3 1 2
3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 2 3 2 2
4 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 1 2 3 2 2 3
5 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - 3 1 2 3 3 3 3
AVG 2.6 2.6 2.4 1.8 2.4 0.4 0.25 0 2 1 2.2 2.4 2.6 1.8 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

97
 ELECTIVE – II (SEMESTER V)

221AIDC56A CLOUD COMPUTING LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the principles of cloud architecture, models and infrastructure.
 To understand the concepts of virtualization and virtual machines.
 To gain knowledge about virtualization Infrastructure.
 To explore and experiment with various Cloud deployment environments.
 To learn about the security issues in the cloud environment.

UNIT I CLOUD ARCHITECTURE MODELS AND INFRASTRUCTURE 6

Cloud Architecture: System Models for Distributed and Cloud Computing – NIST Cloud Computing
Reference Architecture – Cloud deployment models – Cloud service models; Cloud Infrastructure:
Architectural Design of Compute and Storage Clouds – Design Challenges

UNIT II VIRTUALIZATION BASICS 6

Virtual Machine Basics – Taxonomy of Virtual Machines – Hypervisor – Key Concepts – Virtualization
structure – Implementation levels of virtualization – Virtualization Types: Full Virtualization – Para
Virtualization – Hardware Virtualization – Virtualization of CPU, Memory and I/O devices.

UNIT III VIRTUALIZATION INFRASTRUCTURE AND DOCKER 7

Desktop Virtualization – Network Virtualization – Storage Virtualization – System-level of Operating
Virtualization – Application Virtualization – Virtual clusters and Resource Management – Containers
vs. Virtual Machines – Introduction to Docker – Docker Components – Docker Container – Docker
Images and Repositories.

UNIT IV CLOUD DEPLOYMENT ENVIRONMENT 6

Google App Engine – Amazon AWS – Microsoft Azure; Cloud Software Environments – Eucalyptus –
OpenStack.

UNIT V CLOUD SECURITY 5

Virtualization System-Specific Attacks: Guest hopping – VM migration attack – hyperjacking. Data
Security and Storage; Identity and Access Management (IAM) - IAM Challenges - IAM Architecture
and Practice.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install Virtualbox/VMware/ Equivalent open source cloud Workstation with different flavours
of Linux or Windows OS on top of windows 8 and above.
2. Install a C compiler in the virtual machine created using a virtual box and execute Simple
Programs
3. Install Google App Engine. Create a hello world app and other simple web applications using
python/java.
4. Use the GAE launcher to launch the web applications.
5. Simulate a cloud scenario using CloudSim and run a scheduling algorithm that is not present
in CloudSim.
98
 6. Find a procedure to transfer the files from one virtual machine to another virtual machine.
7. Install Hadoop single node cluster and run simple applications like wordcount.
8. Creating and Executing Your First Container Using Docker.
9. Run a Container from Docker Hub

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the design challenges in the cloud.
CO2: Apply the concept of virtualization and its types.
CO3: Experiment with virtualization of hardware resources and Docker.
CO4: Develop and deploy services on the cloud and set up a cloud environment.
CO5: Explain security challenges in the cloud environment.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack G Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud Computing, From
Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.
2. James Turnbull, “The Docker Book”, O’Reilly Publishers, 2014.
3. Krutz, R. L., Vines, R. D, “Cloud security. A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud
Computing”, Wiley Publishing, 2010.

REFERENCES
1. James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for Systems and
Processes”, Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
2. Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, and Shahed Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy: an
enterprise perspective on risks and compliance”, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2009.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 2 3 1 3 2 1 3
2 3 1 2 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 2 2 1
3 2 3 2 3 1 - - - 3 1 1 3 1 1 1
4 1 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 1 2 1 3 3
5 2 3 3 1 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 2 3
AVG 2.2 2.2 2.2 2 1.8 - - - 2.2 2.2 1 2.6 1.6 1.8 2.2
3. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

99
 221AIDC56B APP DEVELOPMENT LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn development of native applications with basic GUI Components
 To develop cross-platform applications with event handling
 To develop applications with location and data storage capabilities
 To develop web applications with database access

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF MOBILE & WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 6

Basics of Web and Mobile application development, Native App, Hybrid App, Cross-platform App,
What is Progressive Web App, Responsive Web design,

UNIT II NATIVE APP DEVELOPMENT USING JAVA 6

Native Web App, Benefits of Native App, Scenarios to create Native App, Tools for creating Native
App, Cons of Native App, Popular Native App Dev elopment Frameworks, Java & Kotlin for Android,
Swift & Objective-C for iOS, Basics of React Native, Native Components, JSX, State, Props

UNIT III HYBRID APP DEVELOPMENT 6

Hybrid Web App, Benefits of Hybrid App, Criteria for creating Native App, Tools for creating Hybrid
App, Cons of Hybrid App, Popular Hybrid App Development Frameworks, Ionic, Apache Cordova,

UNIT IV CROSS-PLATFORM APP DEVELOPMENT USING REACT-NATIVE 6

What is Cross-platform App, Benefits of Cross-platform App, Criteria for creating Cross-platform App,
Tools for creating Cross-platform App, Cons of Cross-platform App, Popular Cross-platform App
Development Frameworks, Flutter, Xamarin, React-Native, Basics of React Native, Native
Components, JSX, State, Props

UNIT V NON-FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF APP FRAMEWORKS 6

Comparison of different Ap p frameworks, Build Performance, App Performance, Debugging
capabilities, Time to Market, Maintainability, Ease of Development, UI/UX, Reusability
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Develop Native applications with GUI Components.
CO2:Develop hybrid applications with basic event handling.
CO3 Implement cross-platform applications with location and data storage capabilities.
CO4: Implement cross platform applications with basic GUI and event handling.
CO5:Develop web applications with cloud database access.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Using react native, build a cross platform application for a BMI calculator.
2. Build a cross platform application for a simple expense manager which allows entering expenses
and income on each day and displays category wise weekly income and expense.
3. Develop a cross platform application to convert units from imperial system to metric system ( km
to miles, kg to pounds etc.,)
4. Design and develop a cross platform application for day to day task (to-do) management.
5. Design an android application using Cordova for a user login screen with username, password,
reset button and a submit button. Also, include header image and a label. Use layout managers.
100
6. Design and develop an android application using Apache Cordova to find and display the current
location of the user.
7. Write programs using Java to create Android application having Databases
● For a simple library application.
● For displaying books available, books lend, book reservation. Assume that student
information is available in a database which has been stored in a database server.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Head First Android Development, Dawn Griffiths, O’Reilly, 1st edition
2. Apache Cordova in Action, Raymond K. Camden, Manning. 2015
3. Full Stack React Native: Create beautiful mobile apps with JavaScript and React Native,
Anthony Accomazzo, Houssein Djirdeh, Sophia Shoemaker, Devin Abbott, FullStack publishing

REFERENCES
1. Android Programming for Beginners, John Horton, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition
2. Native Mobile Development by Shaun Lewis, Mike Dunn
3. Building Cross-Platform Mobile and Web Apps for Engineers and Scientists: An Active
Learning Approach, Pawan Lingras, Matt Triff, Rucha Lingras
4. Apache Cordova 4 Programming, John M Wargo, 2015
5. React Native Cookbook, Daniel Ward, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 1 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 3 3
2 2 1 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 2 1
3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
4 1 3 1 1 3 - - - 1 1 3 2 1 3 1
5 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 3 2 1
AVG 1.6 1.8 2 1.4 2.6 - - - 1.4 1.2 2 1.6 2 2.2 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

101
 221AIDC56C CLOUD SERVICES MANAGEMENT LTPC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Introduce Cloud Service Management terminology, definition & concepts
 Compare and contrast cloud service management with traditional IT service management
 Identify strategies to reduce risk and eliminate issues associated with adoption of cloud
services
 Select appropriate structures for designing, deploying and running cloud-based services in a
business environment
 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based services to solve real world
problems

UNIT I CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS 6

Cloud Ecosystem, The Essential Characteristics, Basics of Information Technology Service
Management and Cloud Service Management, Service Perspectives, Cloud Service Models, Cloud
Service Deployment Models
UNIT II CLOUD SERVICES STRATEGY 6
Cloud Strategy Fundamentals, Cloud Strategy Management Framework, Cloud Policy, Key Driver
for Adoption, Risk Management, IT Capacity and Utilization, Demand and Capacity matching,
Demand Queueing, Change Management, Cloud Service Architecture

UNIT III CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT 6

Cloud Service Reference Model, Cloud Service LifeCycle, Basics of Cloud Service Design, Dealing
with Legacy Systems and Services, Benchmarking of Cloud Services, Cloud Service Capacity
Planning, Cloud Service Deployment and Migration, Cloud Marketplace, Cloud Service Operations
Management

UNIT IV CLOUD SERVICE ECONOMICS 6

Pricing models for Cloud Services, Freemium, Pay Per Reservation, Pay per User, Subscription
based Charging, Procurement of Cloud-based Services, Capex vs Opex Shift, Cloud service
Charging, Cloud Cost Models

UNIT V CLOUD SERVICE GOVERNANCE & VALUE 6

IT Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Framework, Cloud
Governance Structure, Cloud Governance Considerations, Cloud Service Model Risk Matrix,
Understanding Value of Cloud Services, Measuring the value of Cloud Services, Balanced
Scorecard, Total Cost of Ownership

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Exhibit cloud-design skills to build and automate business solutions using cloud technologies.
CO2: Possess Strong theoretical foundation leading to excellence and excitement towards adoption
of cloud-based services
CO3: Solve the real world problems using Cloud services and technologies
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Create a Cloud Organization in AWS/Google Cloud/or any equivalent Open Source cloud
softwares like Openstack, Eucalyptus, OpenNebula with Role-based access control
2. Create a Cost-model for a web application using various services and do Cost-benefit
102
 analysis
3. Create alerts for usage of Cloud resources
4. Create Billing alerts for your Cloud Organization
5. Compare Cloud cost for a simple web application across AWS, Azure and GCP and suggest
the best one
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Cloud Service Management and Governance: Smart Service Management in Cloud Era by
Enamul Haque, Enel Publications
2. Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture by Thomas Erl, Ricardo Puttini,
Zaigham Mohammad 2013.
3. Cloud Computing Design Patterns by Thomas Erl, Robert Cope, Amin Naserpour
REFERENCES
1. Economics of Cloud Computing by Praveen Ayyappa, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming Rajkumar Buyya,
Christian Vechhiola, S. Thamarai Selvi
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
2 3 1 2 3 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
3 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 3 2 1
4 1 1 1 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 1 1 1 1
5 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 3 1 2 1 3 2
AVG 1.8 1.8 2 1.8 2.2 - - - 1.8 2.4 2.2 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.8

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

221AIDC56D UI AND UX DESIGN LTPC

2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To provide a sound knowledge in UI & UX
 To understand the need for UI and UX
 To understand the various Research Methods used in Design
 To explore the various Tools used in UI & UX
103
  Creating a wireframe and prototype
UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF DESIGN 6
UI vs. UX Design - Core Stages of Design Thinking - Divergent and Convergent Thinking -
Brainstorming and Game storming - Observational Empathy
UNIT II FOUNDATIONS OF UI DESIGN 6
Visual and UI Principles - UI Elements and Patterns - Interaction Behaviors and Principles – Branding
- Style Guides
UNIT III FOUNDATIONS OF UX DESIGN 6
Introduction to User Experience - Why You Should Care about User Experience - Understanding
User Experience - Defining the UX Design Process and its Methodology - Research in User
Experience Design - Tools and Method used for Research - User Needs and its Goals - Know about
Business Goals
UNIT IV WIREFRAMING, PROTOTYPING AND TESTING 6
Sketching Principles - Sketching Red Routes - Responsive Design – Wireframing - Creating
Wireflows - Building a Prototype - Building High-Fidelity Mockups - Designing Efficiently with Tools -
Interaction Patterns - Conducting Usability Tests - Other Evaluative User Research Methods -
Synthesizing Test Findings - Prototype Iteration
UNIT V RESEARCH, DESIGNING, IDEATING, & INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE 6
Identifying and Writing Problem Statements - Identifying Appropriate Research Methods - Creating
Personas - Solution Ideation - Creating User Stories - Creating Scenarios - Flow Diagrams - Flow
Mapping - Information Architecture
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 PERIODS
1. Designing a Responsive layout for an societal application
2. Exploring various UI Interaction Patterns
3. Developing an interface with proper UI Style Guides
4. Developing Wireflow diagram for application using open source software
5. Exploring various open source collaborative interface Platform
6. Hands on Design Thinking Process for a new product
7. Brainstorming feature for proposed product
8. Defining the Look and Feel of the new Project
9. Create a Sample Pattern Library for that product (Mood board, Fonts, Colors based on UI

principles)
10. Identify a customer problem to solve
11. Conduct end-to-end user research - User research, creating personas, Ideation process (User
stories, Scenarios), Flow diagrams, Flow Mapping
12. Sketch, design with popular tool and build a prototype and perform usability testing and
identify improvements
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Build UI for user Applications
CO2: Evaluate UX design of any product or application
CO3: Demonstrate UX Skills in product development
CO4: Implement Sketching principles
104
 CO5: Create Wireframe and Prototype

TEXT BOOKS
1. Joel Marsh, “UX for Beginners”, O’Reilly , 2022
2. Jon Yablonski, “Laws of UX using Psychology to Design Better Product & Services” O’Reilly
2021
REFERENCES
1. Jenifer Tidwell, Charles Brewer, Aynne Valencia, “Designing Interface” 3 rd Edition , O’Reilly 2020
2. Steve Schoger, Adam Wathan “Refactoring UI”, 2018
3. Steve Krug, “Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: A Commonsense Approach to Web & Mobile”,
Third Edition, 2015
4. https://www.nngroup.com/articles/
5. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 1 3 3 1
2 2 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 2
3 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 3 3
4 1 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
5 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 1 1 1 3 2 2
AVG 1.6 2.2 2.2 2.6 1.4 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.2

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

105
 221AIDC56E SOFTWARE TESTING AND AUTOMATION LTPC
202 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of software testing
 To learn how to do the testing and planning effectively
 To build test cases and execute them
 To focus on wide aspects of testing and understanding multiple facets of testing
 To get an insight about test automation and the tools used for test automation

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF SOFTWARE TESTING 6

Why do we test Software?, Black-Box Testing and White-Box Testing, Software Testing Life Cycle,
V-model of Software Testing, Program Correctness and Verification, Reliability versus Safety,
Failures, Errors and Faults (Defects), Software Testing Principles, Program Inspections, Stages of
Testing: Unit Testing, Integration Testing, System Testing.

UNIT II TEST PLANNING 6

The Goal of Test Planning, High Level Expectations,Intergroup Responsibilities, Test Phases, Test
Strategy, Resource Requirements, Tester Assignments, Test Schedule, Test Cases, Bug
Reporting, Metrics and Statistics.

UNIT III TEST DESIGN AND EXECUTION 6

Test Objective Identification, Test Design Factors, Requirement identification, Testable
Requirements, Modeling a Test Design Process, Modeling Test Results, Boundary Value Testing,
Equivalence Class Testing, Path Testing, Data Flow Testing, Test Design Preparedness Metrics,
Test Case Design Effectiveness, Model-Driven Test Design, Test Procedures, Test Case
Organization and Tracking, Bug Reporting, Bug Life Cycle.

UNIT IV ADVANCED TESTING CONCEPTS 6

Performance Testing: Load Testing, Stress Testing, Volume Testing, Fail-Over Testing, Recovery
Testing, Configuration Testing, Compatibility Testing, Usability Testing, Testing the Documentation,
Security testing, Testing in the Agile Environment, Testing Web and Mobile Applications.

UNIT V TEST AUTOMATION AND TOOLS 6

Automated Software Testing, Automate Testing of Web Applications, Selenium: Introducing Web
Driver and Web Elements, Locating Web Elements, Actions on Web Elements, Different Web
Drivers, Understanding Web Driver Events, Testing: Understanding Testing.xml, Adding Classes,
Packages, Methods to Test, Test Reports.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Develop the test plan for testing an e-commerce web/mobile application (www.amazon.in).
2. Design the test cases for testing the e-commerce application.Test the e-commerce application and report
the defects in it.
3. Develop the test plan and design the test cases for an inventory control system.
4. Execute the test cases against a client server or desktop application and identify the defects.
5. Test the performance of the e-commerce application.
6. Automate the testing of e-commerce applications using Selenium.
106
7. Integrate TestNG with the above test automation.
8. Mini Project:
a) Build a data-driven framework using Selenium and TestNG
b) Build Page object Model using Selenium and TestNG
c) Build BDD framework with Selenium, TestNG and Cucumber

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of software testing and the need for software testing
CO2: Design Test planning and different activities involved in test planning
CO3: Design effective test cases that can uncover critical defects in the application
CO4: Carry out advanced types of testing
CO5: Automate the software testing using Selenium and TestNG
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Yogesh Singh, “Software Testing”, Cambridge University Press, 2012
2. Unmesh Gundecha, Satya Avasarala, "Selenium WebDriver 3 Practical Guide" - Second
Edition 2018
REFERENCES
1. Glenford J. Myers, Corey Sandler, Tom Badgett, The Art of Software Testing, 3rd Edition,
2012, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. Ron Patton, Software testing, 2nd Edition, 2006, Sams Publishing
3. Paul C. Jorgensen, Software Testing: A Craftsman’s Approach, Fourth Edition, 2014, Taylor
& Francis Group.
4. Carl Cocchiaro, Selenium Framework Design in Data-Driven Testing, 2018, Packt Publishing.
5. Elfriede Dustin, Thom Garrett, Bernie Gaurf, Implementing Automated Software Testing,
2009, Pearson Education, Inc.
6. Satya Avasarala, Selenium WebDriver Practical Guide, 2014, Packt Publishing.
7. Varun Menon, TestNg Beginner's Guide, 2013, Packt Publishing.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - 2 2 1 2 1 2 3
3 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 2 3 2
4 2 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 3 1 2
5 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 1 2 1 3
AVG 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 1.2 - - - 1.2 2 1.6 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

107
 221AIDC56F WEB APPLICATION SECURITY LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the fundamentals of web application security
 To focus on wide aspects of secure development and deployment of web applications
 To learn how to build secure APIs
 To learn the basics of vulnerability assessment and penetration testing
 To get an insight about Hacking techniques and Tools

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB APPLICATION SECURITY 6

The history of Software Security-Recognizing Web Application Security Threats, Web Application
Security, Authentication and Authorization, Secure Socket layer, Transport layer Security, Session
Management-Input Validation
UNIT II SECURE DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT 5
Web Applications Security - Security Testing, Security Incident Response Planning,The Microsoft
Security Development Lifecycle (SDL), OWASP Comprehensive Lightweight Application Security
Process (CLASP), The Software Assurance Maturity Model (SAMM)

UNIT III SECURE API DEVELOPMENT 6

API Security- Session Cookies, Token Based Authentication, Securing Natter APIs: Addressing
threats with Security Controls, Rate Limiting for Availability, Encryption, Audit logging, Securing
service-to-service APIs: API Keys , OAuth2, Securing Microservice APIs: Service Mesh, Locking
Down Network Connections, Securing Incoming Requests.

UNIT IV VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT AND PENETRATION TESTING 6

Vulnerability Assessment Lifecycle, Vulnerability Assessment Tools: Cloud-based vulnerability
scanners, Host-based vulnerability scanners, Network-based vulnerability scanners, Database-
based vulnerability scanners, Types of Penetration Tests: External Testing, Web Application Testing,
Internal Penetration Testing, SSID or Wireless Testing, Mobile Application Testing.
UNIT V HACKING TECHNIQUES AND TOOLS 7
Social Engineering, Injection, Cross-Site Scripting(XSS), Broken Authentication and Session
Management, Cross-Site Request Forgery, Security Misconfiguration, Insecure Cryptographic
Storage, Failure to Restrict URL Access, Tools: Comodo, OpenVAS, Nexpose, Nikto, Burp Suite, etc.
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Install wireshark and explore the various protocols
a. Analyze the difference between HTTP vs HTTPS
b. Analyze the various security mechanisms embedded with different protocols.
2. Identify the vulnerabilities using OWASP ZAP tool
3. Create simple REST API using python for following operation
. GET
a. PUSH
b. POST
c. DELETE
4. Install Burp Suite to do following vulnerabilities:
. SQL injection

108
 a. cross-site scripting (XSS)
5. Attack the website using Social Engineering method
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understanding the basic concepts of web application security and the need for it
CO2: Be acquainted with the process for secure development and deployment of web applications
CO3: Acquire the skill to design and develop Secure Web Applications that use Secure APIs
CO4: Be able to get the importance of carrying out vulnerability assessment and penetration testing
CO5: Acquire the skill to think like a hacker and to use hackers tool sets
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Andrew Hoffman, Web Application Security: Exploitation and Countermeasures for Modern
Web Applications, First Edition, 2020, O’Reilly Media, Inc.
2. Bryan Sullivan, Vincent Liu, Web Application Security: A Beginners Guide, 2012, The McGraw-
Hill Companies.
3. Neil Madden, API Security in Action, 2020, Manning Publications Co., NY, USA.

REFERENCES
1. Michael Cross, Developer’s Guide to Web Application Security, 2007, Syngress Publishing,
Inc.
2. Ravi Das and Greg Johnson, Testing and Securing Web Applications, 2021, Taylor & Francis
Group, LLC.
3. Prabath Siriwardena, Advanced API Security, 2020, Apress Media LLC, USA.
4. Malcom McDonald, Web Security for Developers, 2020, No Starch Press, Inc.
5. Allen Harper, Shon Harris, Jonathan Ness, Chris Eagle, Gideon Lenkey, and Terron Williams
Grey Hat Hacking: The Ethical Hacker’s Handbook, Third Edition, 2011, The McGraw-Hill
Companies.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
2 2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
3 1 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
4 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
5 1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
AVg. 1.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2.6 - - - - - - 0.6 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

109
 221AIDC56G DEVOPS LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce DevOps terminology, definition & concepts
 To understand the different Version control tools like Git, Mercurial
 To understand the concepts of Continuous Integration/ Continuous Testing/ Continuous
Deployment)
 To understand Configuration management using Ansible
 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based Devops tools to solve real
world problems
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DEVOPS 6
Devops Essentials - Introduction To AWS, GCP, Azure - Version control systems: Git and Github.

UNIT II COMPILE AND BUILD USING MAVEN & GRADLE 6

Introduction, Installation of Maven, POM files, Maven Build lifecycle, Build phases(compile build, test,
package) Maven Profiles, Maven repositories(local, central, global),Maven plugins, Maven create
and build Artificats, Dependency management, Installation of Gradle, Understand build using Gradle

UNIT III CONTINUOUS INTEGRATION USING JENKINS 6

Install & Configure Jenkins, Jenkins Architecture Overview, Creating a Jenkins Job, Configuring a
Jenkins job, Introduction to Plugins, Adding Plugins to Jenkins, Commonly used plugins (Git Plugin,
Parameter Plugin, HTML Publisher, Copy Artifact and Extended choice parameters). Configuring
Jenkins to work with java, Git and Maven, Creating a Jenkins Build and Jenkins workspace.
UNIT IV CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT USING ANSIBLE 6
Ansible Introduction, Installation, Ansible master/slave configuration, YAML basics, Ansible modules,
Ansible Inventory files, Ansible playbooks, Ansible Roles, adhoc commands in ansible

UNIT V BUILDING DEVOPS PIPELINES USING AZURE 6

Create Github Account, Create Repository, Create Azure Organization, Create a new pipeline, Build
a sample code, Modify azure-pipelines.yaml file
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand different actions performed through Version control tools like Git.
CO2: Perform Continuous Integration and Continuous Testing and Continuous Deployment
using Jenkins by building and automating test cases using Maven & Gradle.
CO3: Ability to Perform Automated Continuous Deployment
CO4: Ability to do configuration management using Ansible
CO5: Understand to leverage Cloud-based DevOps tools using Azure DevOps

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Create Maven Build pipeline in Azure
2. Run regression tests using Maven Build pipeline in Azure
3. Install Jenkins in Cloud
4. Create CI pipeline using Jenkins
5. Create a CD pipeline in Jenkins and deploy in Cloud
6. Create an Ansible playbook for a simple web application infrastructure
7. Build a simple application using Gradle
8. Install Ansible and configure ansible roles and to write playbooks
110
 TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Roberto Vormittag, “A Practical Guide to Git and GitHub for Windows Users: From Beginner
to Expert in Easy Step-By-Step Exercises”, Second Edition, Kindle Edition, 2016.
2. Jason Cannon, “Linux for Beginners: An Introduction to the Linux Operating System and
Command Line”, Kindle Edition, 2014
REFERENCES
1. Hands-On Azure Devops: Cicd Implementation For Mobile, Hybrid, And Web Applications
Using Azure Devops And Microsoft Azure: CICD Implementation for ... DevOps and Microsoft
Azure (English Edition) Paperback – 1 January 2020
2. by Mitesh Soni
3. Jeff Geerling, “Ansible for DevOps: Server and configuration management for humans”, First
Edition, 2015.
4. David Johnson, “Ansible for DevOps: Everything You Need to Know to Use Ansible for
DevOps”, Second Edition, 2016.
5. Mariot Tsitoara, “Ansible 6. Beginning Git and GitHub: A Comprehensive Guide to Version
Control, Project Management, and Teamwork for the New Developer”, Second Edition, 2019.
6. https://www.jenkins.io/user-handbook.pdf
7. https://maven.apache.org/guides/getting-started/

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 3 - - - 1 3 1 3 3 3 1
2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 2 1 2 3 1
3 2 2 1 2 3 - - - 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
4 2 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
5 1 2 1 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
AVG 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.6 2 - - - 1.8 2 1.4 2.4 2.2 2.4 1.6
9. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

111
 221AIDC56H PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES LTPC
3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand and describe syntax and semantics of programming languages
 To understand data, data types, and basic statements
 To understand call-return architecture and ways of implementing them
 To understand object-orientation, concurrency, and event handling in programming
languages
 To develop programs in non-procedural programming paradigms
UNIT I SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS 9
Evolution of programming languages – describing syntax – context-free grammars – attribute
grammars – describing semantics – lexical analysis – parsing – recursive-descent – bottom up
parsing

UNIT II DATA, DATA TYPES, AND BASIC STATEMENTS 9

Names – variables – binding – type checking – scope – scope rules – lifetime and garbage collection
– primitive data types – strings – array types – associative arrays – record types – union types –
pointers and references – Arithmetic expressions – overloaded operators –type conversions –
relational and boolean expressions – assignment statements – mixed mode assignments – control
structures – selection – iterations – branching – guarded statements

UNIT III SUBPROGRAMS AND IMPLEMENTATIONS 9

Subprograms – design issues – local referencing – parameter passing – overloaded methods
– generic methods – design issues for functions – semantics of call and return – implementing simple
subprograms – stack and dynamic local variables – nested subprograms – blocks – dynamic
scoping
UNIT IV OBJECT-ORIENTATION, CONCURRENCY, AND EVENT HANDLING 9
Object-orientation – design issues for OOP languages – implementation of object-oriented
constructs – concurrency – semaphores – monitors – message passing – threads – statement
level concurrency – exception handling – event handling

UNIT V FUNCTIONAL AND LOGIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 9

Introduction to lambda calculus – fundamentals of functional programming languages –
Programming with Scheme – Programming with ML – Introduction to logic and logic programming
– Programming with Prolog – multi-paradigm languages
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Describe syntax and semantics of programming languages
CO2: Explain data, data types, and basic statements of programming languages
CO3: Design and implement subprogram constructs
CO4: Apply object-oriented, concurrency, and event handling programming constructs
and Develop programs in Scheme, ML, and Prolog
CO5: Understand and adopt new programming languages

112
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert W. Sebesta, “Concepts of Programming Languages”, Twelfth Edition (Global
Edition), Pearson, 2022.
2. Michael L. Scott, “Programming Language Pragmatics”, Fourth Edition, Elsevier, 2018.
3. R. Kent Dybvig, “The Scheme programming language”, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011.
4. Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Elements of ML programming”, Second Edition, Pearson, 1997.
5. W. F. Clocksin and C. S. Mellish, “Programming in Prolog: Using the ISO Standard”, Fifth
Edition, Springer, 2003.

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - 3 2 3 -
2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 3 -
3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 3 -
4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 -
5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 -
AVg. 2.8 2.8 3 2.4 2 2.5 2 2 1 3 1 3 2.4 2.8 -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

113
 221AIDC63B VIRTUALIZATION

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Learn the basics and types of Virtualization
 To understand the Hypervisors and its types
 To Explore the Virtualization Solutions
 To Experiment the virtualization platforms

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUALIZATION 7

Virtualization and cloud computing - Need of virtualization – cost, administration, fast deployment,
reduce infrastructure cost – limitations- Types of hardware virtualization: Full virtualization - partial
virtualization - Paravirtualization-Types of Hypervisors

UNIT II SERVER AND DESKTOP VIRTUALIZATION 6

Virtual machine basics- Types of virtual machines- Understanding Server Virtualization- types of
server virtualization- Business Cases for Server Virtualization – Uses of Virtual Server Consolidation
– Selecting Server Virtualization Platform-Desktop Virtualization-Types of Desktop Virtualization

UNIT III NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION 6

Introduction to Network Virtualization-Advantages- Functions-Tools for Network Virtualization-VLAN-
WAN Architecture-WAN Virtualization

UNIT IV STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION 5

Memory Virtualization-Types of Storage Virtualization-Block, File-Address space Remapping-Risks
of Storage Virtualization-SAN-NAS-RAID

UNIT V VIRTUALIZATION TOOLS 6

VMWare-Amazon AWS-Microsoft HyperV- Oracle VM Virtual Box - IBM PowerVM- Google
Virtualization- Case study.
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Create type 2 virtualization in VMWARE or any equivalent Open Source Tool. Allocate memory
and storage space as per requirement. Install Guest OS on that VMWARE.

2.
a. Shrink and extend virtual disk
b. Create, Manage, Configure and schedule snapshots
c. Create Spanned, Mirrored and Striped volume
d. Create RAID 5 volume
3.
a. Desktop Virtualization using VNC
b. Desktop Virtualization using Chrome Remote Desktop
4. Create type 2 virtualization on ESXI 6.5 server
5. Create a VLAN in CISCO packet tracer
6. Install KVM in Linux
7. Create Nested Virtual Machine(VM under another VM)

114
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Analyse the virtualization concepts and Hypervisor
CO2: Apply the Virtualization for real-world applications
CO3: Install & Configure the different VM platforms
CO4: Experiment with the VM with various software
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Cloud computing a practical approach - Anthony T.Velte , Toby J. Velte Robert Elsenpeter,
TATA McGraw- Hill , New Delhi – 2010
2. Cloud Computing (Principles and Paradigms), Edited by Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg,
Andrzej Goscinski, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2011
3. David Marshall, Wade A. Reynolds, Advanced Server Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft
Platform in the Virtual Data Center, Auerbach
4. Chris Wolf, Erick M. Halter, “Virtualization: From the Desktop to the Enterprise”, APress,
2005.
5. James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for Systems and
Processes”, Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
6. David Marshall, Wade A. Reynolds, “Advanced Server Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft
Platform in the Virtual Data Center”, Auerbach Publications, 2006.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 2 3 2
2 3 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 2 3 3 2 1
3 3 2 1 3 1 - - - 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
4 1 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 3 2 2
5 1 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 1 3 3 1 1 2
AVG 1.8 2.2 1.6 2.6 1.8 - - - 1.8 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

115
 221AIDC63C ETHICS AND AI LT PC
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Study the morality and ethics in AI
• Learn about the Ethical initiatives in the field of artificial intelligence
• Study about AI standards and Regulations
• Study about social and ethical issues of Robot Ethics
• Study about AI and Ethics- challenges and opportunities
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Definition of morality and ethics in AI-Impact on society-Impact on human psychology-Impact on the
legal system-Impact on the environment and the planet-Impact on trust
UNIT II ETHICAL INITIATIVES IN AI 6
International ethical initiatives-Ethical harms and concerns-Case study: healthcare robots,
Autonomous Vehicles , Warfare and weaponization.

UNIT III AI STANDARDS AND REGULATION 6

Model Process for Addressing Ethical Concerns During System Design - Transparency of
Autonomous Systems-Data Privacy Process- Algorithmic Bias Considerations - Ontological
Standard for Ethically Driven Robotics and Automation Systems

UNIT IV ROBOETHICS: SOCIAL AND ETHICAL IMPLICATION OF ROBOTICS 6

Robot-Roboethics- Ethics and Morality- Moral Theories-Ethics in Science and Technology - Ethical
Issues in an ICT Society- Harmonization of Principles- Ethics and Professional Responsibility-
Roboethics Taxonomy.
UNIT V AI AND ETHICS- CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES 6
Challenges - Opportunities- ethical issues in artificial intelligence- Societal Issues Concerning the
Application of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine- decision-making role in industries-National and
International Strategies on AI.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1:Learn about morality and ethics in AI
CO2:Acquire the knowledge of real time application ethics, issues and its challenges.
CO3:Understand the ethical harms and ethical initiatives in AI
CO4:Learn about AI standards and Regulations like AI Agent, Safe Design of Autonomous and
Semi-Autonomous Systems
CO5:Understand the concepts of Roboethics and Morality with professional responsibilities.
CO6:Learn about the societal issues in AI with National and International Strategies on AI

PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Recent case study of ethical initiatives in healthcare, autonomous vehicles and defense
2. Exploratory data analysis on a 2 variable linear regression model
3. Experiment the regression model without a bias and with bias
4. Classification of a dataset from UCI repository using a perceptron with and without bias
5. Case study on ontology where ethics is at stake
116
 6. Identification on optimization in AI affecting ethics

30 PERIODS

TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. y. Eleanor Bird, Jasmin Fox-Skelly, Nicola Jenner, Ruth Larbey, Emma Weitkamp and Alan
Winfield ,”The ethics of artificial intelligence: Issues and initiatives”, EPRS | European
Parliamentary Research Service Scientific Foresight Unit (STOA) PE 634.452 – March 2020
2. Patrick Lin, Keith Abney, George A Bekey,” Robot Ethics: The Ethical and Social Implications
of Robotics”, The MIT Press- January 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Towards a Code of Ethics for Artificial Intelligence (Artificial Intelligence: Foundations,
Theory, and Algorithms) by Paula Boddington, November 2017
2. Mark Coeckelbergh,” AI Ethics”, The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, April 2020

WEB LINK:
1. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1007/978-3-540-30301-5_65
2. https://www.scu.edu/ethics/all-about-ethics/artificial-intelligence-and-ethics-sixteen-
challenges-and-opportunities/
3. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/10/top-10-ethical-issues-in-artificial-intelligence/
4. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1159/000492428
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - 3
2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
5 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2
AVg. 3 2.6 2.6 1.2 2.5 1 - - 2.5 - 2 2.6

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

117
 221AIDC63D DATA WAREHOUSING LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To know the details of data warehouse Architecture
 To understand the OLAP Technology
 To understand the partitioning strategy
 To differentiate various schema
 To understand the roles of process manager & system manager

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA WAREHOUSE 5

Data warehouse Introduction - Data warehouse components- operational database Vs data
warehouse – Data warehouse Architecture – Three-tier Data Warehouse Architecture - Autonomous
Data Warehouse- Autonomous Data Warehouse Vs Snowflake - Modern Data Warehouse

UNIT II ETL AND OLAP TECHNOLOGY 6

What is ETL – ETL Vs ELT – Types of Data warehouses - Data warehouse Design and Modeling -
Delivery Process - Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) - Characteristics of OLAP - Online
Transaction Processing (OLTP) Vs OLAP - OLAP operations- Types of OLAP- ROLAP Vs MOLAP
Vs HOLAP.
UNIT III META DATA, DATA MART AND PARTITION STRATEGY 7
Meta Data – Categories of Metadata – Role of Metadata – Metadata Repository – Challenges for
Meta Management - Data Mart – Need of Data Mart- Cost Effective Data Mart- Designing Data Marts-
Cost of Data Marts- Partitioning Strategy – Vertical partition – Normalization – Row Splitting
– Horizontal Partition

UNIT IV DIMENSIONAL MODELING AND SCHEMA 6

Dimensional Modeling- Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling – Data Cube- Star Schema- Snowflake
schema- Star Vs Snowflake schema- Fact constellation Schema- Schema Definition - Process
Architecture- Types of Data Base Parallelism – Datawarehouse Tools.

UNIT V SYSTEM & PROCESS MANAGERS 6

Data Warehousing System Managers: System Configuration Manager- System Scheduling Manager
- System Event Manager - System Database Manager - System Backup Recovery Manager - Data
Warehousing Process Managers: Load Manager – Warehouse Manager- Query Manager – Tuning –
Testing
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Data exploration and integration with WEKA
2. Apply weka tool for data validation
3. Plan the architecture for real time application
4. Write the query for schema definition
5. Design data ware house for real time applications
6. Analyse the dimensional Modeling
7. Case study using OLAP
8. Case study using OTLP
9. Implementation of warehouse testing.
118
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students should be able to
CO1: Design data warehouse architecture for various Problems
CO2: Apply the OLAP Technology
CO3: Analyse the partitioning strategy
CO4: Critically analyze the differentiation of various schema for given problem
CO5: Frame roles of process manager & system manager
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith “Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, Tata
McGraw – Hill Edition, Thirteenth Reprint 2008.
2. Ralph Kimball, “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to Dimensional
Modeling”, Third edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Paul Raj Ponniah, “Data warehousing fundamentals for IT Professionals”, 2012.
2. K.P. Soman, ShyamDiwakar and V. Ajay “Insight into Data mining Theory and Practice”,
Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

PO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - 3
2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
5 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2
AVg. 3 2.6 2.6 1.2 2.5 1 - - 2.5 - 2 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

119
 221AIDC63E STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES L TPC
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Characterize the functionalities of logical and physical components of storage
 Describe various storage networking technologies
 Identify different storage virtualization technologies
 Discuss the different backup and recovery strategies
 Understand common storage management activities and solutions
UNIT I STORAGE SYSTEMS 9
Introduction to Information Storage: Digital data and its types, Information storage, Key
characteristics of data center and Evolution of computing platforms. Information Lifecycle
Management. Third Platform Technologies: Cloud computing and its essential characteristics,
Cloud services and cloud deployment models, Big data analytics, Social networking and mobile
computing, Characteristics of third platform infrastructure and Imperatives for third platform
transformation. DataCenter Environment: Building blocks of a data center, Compute systems and
compute virtualizationand Software-defined data center.

UNIT II INTELLIGENT STORAGE SYSTEMS AND RAID 5

Components of an intelligent storage system, Components, addressing, and performance of hard
disk drives and solid-state drives, RAID, Types of intelligent storage systems, Scale-up and scale-
out storage
Architecture.

UNIT III STORAGE NETWORKING TECHNOLOGIES AND VIRTUALIZATION 13

Block-Based Storage System, File-Based Storage System, Object-Based and Unified Storage. Fibre
Channel SAN: Software-defined networking, FC SAN components and architecture, FC SAN
topologies, link aggregation, and zoning, Virtualization in FC SAN environment. Internet Protocol
SAN: iSCSI protocol, network components, and connectivity, Link aggregation, switch aggregation,
and VLAN, FCIP protocol,
connectivity, and configuration. Fibre Channel over Ethernet SAN: Components of FCoE SAN, FCoE
SAN connectivity, Converged Enhanced Ethernet, FCoE architecture.

UNIT IV BACKUP, ARCHIVE AND REPLICATION 12

Introduction to Business Continuity, Backup architecture, Backup targets and methods, Data
deduplication, Cloud-based and mobile device backup, Data archive, Uses of replication and its
characteristics, Compute based, storage-based, and network-based replication, Data migration,
Disaster Recovery as a Service (DRaaS).
UNIT V SECURING STORAGE INFRASTRUCTURE 6
Information security goals, Storage security domains, Threats to a storage infrastructure, Security
controls to protect a storage infrastructure, Governance, risk, and compliance, Storage infrastructure
management functions, Storage infrastructure management processes.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Demonstrate the fundamentals of information storage management and various models of
Cloud infrastructure services and deployment
CO2: Illustrate the usage of advanced intelligent storage systems and RAID
CO3: Interpret various storage networking architectures - SAN, including storage subsystems and
virtualization
120
CO4: Examine the different role in providing disaster recovery and remote replication technologies
CO5: Infer the security needs and security measures to be employed in information storage
management
TEXTBOOKS
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley, India
2. Jon Tate, Pall Beck, Hector Hugo Ibarra, Shanmuganathan Kumaravel and Libor Miklas,
Introduction to Storage Area Networks, Ninth Edition, IBM - Redbooks, December 2017
3. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein
,Storage Networks Explained, Second Edition, Wiley, 2009

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 1 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 3 1 2 1
2 3 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 3 1
3 1 1 3 2 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 3
4 3 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 3 2 1
5 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
AVG 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.2 2.4 - - - 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

121
 221AIDC63F SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the need for SDN and its data plane operations
 To understand the functions of control plane
 To comprehend the migration of networking functions to SDN environment
 To explore various techniques of network function virtualization
 To comprehend the concepts behind network virtualization

UNIT I SDN: INTRODUCTION 6

Evolving Network Requirements – The SDN Approach – SDN architecture - SDN Data Plane ,
Control plane and Application Plane

UNIT II SDN DATA PLANE AND CONTROL PLANE 6

Data Plane functions and protocols - OpenFLow Protocol - Flow Table - Control Plane Functions
- Southbound Interface, Northbound Interface – SDN Controllers - Ryu, OpenDaylight, ONOS -
Distributed Controllers

UNIT III SDN APPLICATIONS 6

SDN Application Plane Architecture – Network Services Abstraction Layer – Traffic Engineering –
Measurement and Monitoring – Security – Data Center Networking

UNIT IV NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION 6

Network Virtualization - Virtual LANs – OpenFlow VLAN Support - NFV Concepts – Benefits and
Requirements – Reference ArchitectureUNIT V NFV FUNCTIONALITY 6
NFV Infrastructure – Virtualized Network Functions – NFV Management and Orchestration – NFV
Use cases – SDN and NFV
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1) Setup your own virtual SDN lab
i) Virtualbox/Mininet Environment for SDN - http://mininet.org
ii) https://www.kathara.org
iii) GNS3
2) Create a simple mininet topology with SDN controller and use Wireshark to capture and
visualize the OpenFlow messages such as OpenFlow FLOW MOD, PACKET IN, PACKET OUT etc.
3) Create a SDN application that uses the Northbound API to program flow table rules on the
switch for various use cases like L2 learning switch, Traffic Engineering, Firewall etc.
4) Create a simple end-to-end network service with two VNFs using vim-emu
https://github.com/containernet/vim-emu
5) Install OSM and onboard and orchestrate network service.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Describe the motivation behind SDN
CO2: Identify the functions of the data plane and control plane
CO3: Design and develop network applications using SDN
CO4: Orchestrate network services using NFV
CO5: Explain various use cases of SDN and NFV

122
TEXTBOOKS:

1. William Stallings, “Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV, QoE, IoT and Cloud”,
Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Ken Gray, Thomas D. Nadeau, “Network Function Virtualization”, Morgan Kauffman, 2016.
2. Thomas D Nadeau, Ken Gray, “SDN: Software Defined Networks”, O’Reilly Media, 2013.
3. Fei Hu, “Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design”, 1st Edition,
CRC Press, 2014.
4. Paul Goransson, Chuck Black Timothy Culver, “Software Defined Networks: A
Comprehensive Approach”, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Press, 2016.
5. Oswald Coker, Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software-Defined Networking with OpenFlow”, 2nd
Edition, O’Reilly Media, 2017.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 3 1 3 - - - 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
2 2 1 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
3 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 2 1 3 3
4 2 2 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 2 2 2
5 3 3 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 1 3
AVG 2 2 2 2 2.6 - - - 1.8 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.4 2.2 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

123
 221AIDC63 STREAM PROCESSING LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Introduce Data Processing terminology, definition & concepts
 Define different types of Data Processing
 Explain the concepts of Real-time Data processing
 Select appropriate structures for designing and running real-time data services in a
business environment
 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of real-time data services to solve real world
problems

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF DATA SYSTEMS 6

Introduction to Data Processing, Stages of Data processing, Data Analytics, Batch Processing,
Stream processing, Data Migration, Transactional Data processing, Data Mining, Data Management
Strategy, Storage, Processing, Integration, Analytics, Benefits of Data as a Service, Challenges

UNIT II REAL-TIME DATA PROCESSING 6

Introduction to Big data, Big data infrastructure, Real-time Analytics, Near real-time solution, Lambda
architecture, Kappa Architecture, Stream Processing,Understanding Data Streams, Message
Broker, Stream Processor, Batch & Real-time ETL tools, Streaming Data Storage

UNIT III DATA MODELS AND QUERY LANGUAGES 6

Relational Model, Document Model, Key-Value Pairs, NoSQL, Object-Relational Mismatch, Many-
to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships, Network data models, Schema Flexibility, Structured
Query Language, Data Locality for Queries, Declarative Queries, Graph Data models, Cypher Query
Language, Graph Queries in SQL, The Semantic Web, CODASYL, SPARQL

UNIT IV EVENT PROCESSING WITH APACHE KAFKA 6

Apache Kafka, Kafka as Event Streaming platform, Events, Producers, Consumers, Topics,
Partitions, Brokers, Kafka APIs, Admin API, Producer API, Consumer API, Kafka Streams API, Kafka
Connect API

UNIT V REAL-TIME PROCESSING USING SPARK STREAMING 6

Structured Streaming, Basic Concepts, Handling Event-time and Late Data, Fault-tolerant
Semantics, Exactly-once Semantics, Creating Streaming Datasets, Schema Inference, Partitioning
of Streaming datasets, Operations on Streaming Data, Selection, Aggregation, Projection,
Watermarking, Window operations, Types of Time windows, Join Operations, Deduplication
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install MongoDB
2. Design and Implement Simple application using MongoDB
3. Query the designed system using MongoDB
4. Create a Event Stream with Apache Kafka
5. Create a Real-time Stream processing application using Spark Streaming
6. Build a Micro-batch application
7. Real-time Fraud and Anomaly Detection,
8. Real-time personalization, Marketing, Advertising

124
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Understand the applicability and utility of different streaming algorithms.
CO2:Describe and apply current research trends in data-stream processing.
CO3:Analyze the suitability of stream mining algorithms for data stream systems.
CO4:Program and build stream processing systems, services and applications.
CO5:Solve problems in real-world applications that process data streams.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Streaming Systems: The What, Where, When and How of Large-Scale Data Processing by
Tyler Akidau, Slava Chemyak, Reuven Lax, O’Reilly publication
2. Designing Data-Intensive Applications by Martin Kleppmann, O’Reilly Media
3. Practical Real-time Data Processing and Analytics : Distributed Computing and Event
Processing using Apache Spark, Flink, Storm and Kafka, Packt Publishing

REFERENCES
1. https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/streaming-programming-guide.html
2. Kafka.apache.org
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 3 3
2 2 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 1 2 1
3 3 1 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
4 2 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 1 2 1
5 3 3 1 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
AVG 2.6 1.8 1.8 2.6 2.2 - - - 2.6 2.6 1.4 2 1.4 2.4 1.6
3. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

125
 221AIDC63H SECURITY AND PRIVACY IN CLOUD LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Introduce Cloud Computing terminology, definition & concepts
 To understand the security design and architectural considerations for Cloud
 To understand the Identity, Access control in Cloud
 To follow best practices for Cloud security using various design patterns
 To be able to monitor and audit cloud applications for security

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOUD SECURITY CONCEPTS 7

Overview of cloud security- Security Services - Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication, Non-
repudiation, Access Control - Basic of cryptography - Conventional and public-key cryptography,
hash functions, authentication, and digital signatures.

UNIT II SECURITY DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE FOR CLOUD 6

Security design principles for Cloud Computing - Comprehensive data protection - End-to-end access
control - Common attack vectors and threats - Network and Storage - Secure Isolation Strategies -
Virtualization strategies - Inter-tenant network segmentation strategies - Data Protection strategies:
Data retention, deletion and archiving procedures for tenant data, Encryption, Data Redaction,
Tokenization, Obfuscation, PKI and Key
UNIT III ACCESS CONTROL AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6
Access control requirements for Cloud infrastructure - User Identification - Authentication and
Authorization - Roles-based Access Control - Multi-factor authentication - Single Sign-on, Identity
Federation - Identity providers and service consumers - Storage and network access control options
- OS Hardening and minimization - Verified and measured boot - Intruder Detection and prevention

UNIT IV CLOUD SECURITY DESIGN PATTERNS 6

Introduction to Design Patterns, Cloud bursting, Geo-tagging, Secure Cloud Interfaces, Cloud
Resource Access Control, Secure On-Premise Internet Access, Secure External Cloud

UNIT V MONITORING, AUDITING AND MANAGEMENT 5

Proactive activity monitoring - Incident Response, Monitoring for unauthorized access, malicious
traffic, abuse of system privileges - Events and alerts - Auditing – Record generation, Reporting and
Management, Tamper-proofing audit logs, Quality of Services, Secure Management, User
management, Identity management, Security Information and Event Management

30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Simulate a cloud scenario using Cloud Sim and run a scheduling algorithm not present in Cloud
Sim
2. simulate resource management using cloud sim
3. simulate log forensics using cloud sim
4. simulate a secure file sharing using a cloud sim
5. Implement data anonymization techniques over the simple dataset (masking, k-anonymization,
etc)
6. Implement any encryption algorithm to protect the images
7. Implement any image obfuscation mechanism
8. Implement a role-based access control mechanism in a specific scenario
9. implement an attribute-based access control mechanism based on a particular scenario

126
10. Develop a log monitoring system with incident management in the cloud

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the cloud concepts and fundamentals.
CO2: Explain the security challenges in the cloud.
CO3: Define cloud policy and Identity and Access Management.
CO4: Understand various risks and audit and monitoring mechanisms in the cloud.
CO5: Define the various architectural and design considerations for security in the cloud.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Raj Kumar Buyya , James Broberg, andrzejGoscinski, “Cloud Computing:”, Wiley 2013
2. Dave shackleford, “Virtualization Security”, SYBEX a wiley Brand 2013.
3. Mather, Kumaraswamy and Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy”, OREILLY 2011
REFERENCES
1. Mark C. Chu-Carroll “Code in the Cloud”,CRC Press, 2011
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming RajkumarBuyya,
Christian Vechhiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 3 3 1 2
2 1 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 1 2
3 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 1 1 2
5 1 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 3 3 2 2 3 2
AVG 2 2.4 2.4 2.2 1.8 - - - 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.8 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

ELECTIVE – IV (SEMESTER VI)

127
 22AIDC64A ETHICAL HACKING LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of computer based vulnerabilities.
 To explore different foot printing, reconnaissance and scanning methods.
 To expose the enumeration and vulnerability analysis methods.
 To understand hacking options available in Web and wireless applications.
 To explore the options for network protection.
 To practice tools to perform ethical hacking to expose the vulnerabilities.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Ethical Hacking Overview - Role of Security and Penetration Testers .- Penetration-Testing
Methodologies- Laws of the Land - Overview of TCP/IP- The Application Layer - The Transport Layer
- The Internet Layer - IP Addressing .- Network and Computer Attacks - Malware - ProtectingAgainst
Malware Attacks.- Intruder Attacks - Addressing Physical Security
UNIT II FOOT PRINTING, RECONNAISSANCE AND SCANNING NETWORKS 6
Footprinting Concepts - Footprinting through Search Engines, Web Services, Social Networking
Sites, Website, Email - Competitive Intelligence - Footprinting through Social Engineering -
Footprinting Tools - Network Scanning Concepts - Port-Scanning Tools - Scanning Techniques -
Scanning Beyond IDS and Firewall
UNIT III ENUMERATION AND VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS 6
Enumeration Concepts - NetBIOS Enumeration – SNMP, LDAP, NTP, SMTP and DNS Enumeration
- Vulnerability Assessment Concepts - Desktop and Server OS Vulnerabilities - Windows OS
Vulnerabilities - Tools for Identifying Vulnerabilities in Windows- Linux OS Vulnerabilities-
Vulnerabilities of Embedded Oss

UNIT IV SYSTEM HACKING 6

Hacking Web Servers - Web Application Components- Vulnerabilities - Tools for Web Attackers and
Security Testers Hacking Wireless Networks - Components of a Wireless Network – Wardriving-
Wireless Hacking - Tools of the Trade
UNIT V NETWORK PROTECTION SYSTEMS 6
Access Control Lists. - Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance Firewall - Configuration and Risk Analysis
Tools for Firewalls and Routers - Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems - Network-Based and
Host-Based IDSs and IPSs - Web Filtering - Security Incident Response Teams – Honeypots.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install Kali or Backtrack Linux / Metasploitable/ Windows XP
2. Practice the basics of reconnaissance.
3. Using FOCA / SearchDiggity tools, extract metadata and expanding the target list.
4. Aggregates information from public databases using online free tools like Paterva’s Maltego.

128
 5. Information gathering using tools like Robtex.
6. Scan the target using tools like Nessus.
7. View and capture network traffic using Wireshark.
8. Automate dig for vulnerabilities and match exploits using Armitage
FOCA : http://www.informatica64.com/foca.aspx.
Nessus : http://www.tenable.com/products/nessus.
Wireshark : http://www.wireshark.org.
Armitage : http://www.fastandeasyhacking.com/.
Kali or Backtrack Linux, Metasploitable, Windows XP
TOTAL :60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able:
CO1: To express knowledge on basics of computer based vulnerabilities
CO2: To gain understanding on different foot printing, reconnaissance and scanning methods.
CO3 To demonstrate the enumeration and vulnerability analysis methods
CO4: To gain knowledge on hacking options available in Web and wireless applications.
CO5: To acquire knowledge on the options for network protection.
CO6: To use tools to perform ethical hacking to expose the vulnerabilities.

TEXTBOOKS
1. Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, and James E. Corley, Hands-On Ethical Hacking and
Network Defense, Course Technology, Delmar Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing - Patrick Engebretson, SYNGRESS,
Elsevier, 2013.
3. The Web Application Hacker’s Handbook: Finding and Exploiting Security Flaws, Dafydd
Stuttard and Marcus Pinto, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. Black Hat Python: Python Programming for Hackers and Pentesters, Justin Seitz , 2014.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
2 1 2 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
3 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 3 3 2 1
5 2 3 1 1 2 - - - 2 1 1 1 1 1 3
AVG 1.8 2 1.8 2 1.2 - - - 1.4 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

129
 22AIDC64B DIGITAL AND MOBILE FORENSICS LTPC
2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand basic digital forensics and techniques.
 To understand digital crime and investigation.
 To understand how to be prepared for digital forensic readiness.
 To understand and use forensics tools for iOS devices.
 To understand and use forensics tools for Android devices.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL FORENSICS 6
Forensic Science – Digital Forensics – Digital Evidence – The Digital Forensics Process –
Introduction – The Identification Phase – The Collection Phase – The Examination Phase – The
Analysis Phase – The Presentation Phase
UNIT II DIGITAL CRIME AND INVESTIGATION 6
Digital Crime – Substantive Criminal Law – General Conditions – Offenses – Investigation Methods for
Collecting Digital Evidence – International Cooperation to Collect Digital Evidence

UNIT III DIGITAL FORENSIC READINESS 6

Introduction – Law Enforcement versus Enterprise Digital Forensic Readiness – Rationale for Digital
Forensic Readiness – Frameworks, Standards and Methodologies – Enterprise Digital Forensic
Readiness – Challenges in Digital Forensics

UNIT IV iOS FORENSICS 6

Mobile Hardware and Operating Systems - iOS Fundamentals – Jailbreaking – File System –
Hardware – iPhone Security – iOS Forensics – Procedures and Processes – Tools – Oxygen
Forensics – MobilEdit – iCloud
UNIT V ANDROID FORENSICS 6
Android basics – Key Codes – ADB – Rooting Android – Boot Process – File Systems – Security – Tools
– Android Forensics – Forensic Procedures – ADB – Android Only Tools – Dual Use Tools – Oxygen
Forensics – MobilEdit – Android App Decompiling
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Have knowledge on digital forensics.
CO2: Know about digital crime and investigations.
CO3: Be forensic ready.
CO4: Investigate, identify and extract digital evidence from iOS devices.
CO5: Investigate, identify and extract digital evidence from Android devices.

LAB EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS

1. Installation of Sleuth Kit on Linux. List all data blocks. Analyze allocated as well as unallocated
blocks of a disk image.
2. Data extraction from call logs using Sleuth Kit.
3. Data extraction from SMS and contacts using Sleuth Kit.
4. Install Mobile Verification Toolkit or MVT and decrypt encrypted iOS backups.
5. Process and parse records from the iOS system.
6. Extract installed applications from Android devices.
7. Extract diagnostic information from Android devices through the adb protocol.
130
8. Generate a unified chronological timeline of extracted records,
TOTAL : 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Andre Arnes, “Digital Forensics”, Wiley, 2018.
2. Chuck Easttom, “An In-depth Guide to Mobile Device Forensics”, First Edition, CRC Press,
2022.
REFERENCES
1. Vacca, J, Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Scene Investigation, 2nd Ed, Charles
River Media, 2005, ISBN: 1-58450-389.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 3 3 1 3 1
2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 1 3 1
3 3 3 2 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 1 3 2 3
4 3 1 2 2 3 - - - 1 3 3 2 1 3 3
5 1 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 3 2 3 1 2 1
AVG 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

22AIDC64C SOCIAL NETWORK SECURITY LTPC

2023
131
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To develop semantic web related simple applications
 To explain Privacy and Security issues in Social Networking
 To explain the data extraction and mining of social networks
 To discuss the prediction of human behavior in social communities
 To describe the Access Control, Privacy and Security management of social networks

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIAL NETWORKING 6

Introduction to Semantic Web, Limitations of current Web, Development of Semantic Web,
Emergence of the Social Web, Social Network analysis, Development of Social Network
Analysis, Key concepts and measures in network analysis, Historical overview of privacy and
security, Major paradigms, for understanding privacy and security

UNIT II SECURITY ISSUES IN SOCIAL NETWORKS 6

The evolution of privacy and security concerns with networked technologies, Contextual influences
on privacy attitudes and behaviors, Anonymity in a networked world
UNIT III EXTRACTION AND MINING IN SOCIAL NETWORKING DATA 6
Extracting evolution of Web Community from a Series of Web Archive, Detecting
communities in social networks, Definition of community, Evaluating communities, Methods for
community detection and mining, Applications of community mining algorithms, Tools for detecting
communities social network infrastructures and communities, Big data and Privacy

UNIT IV PREDICTING HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND PRIVACY ISSUES 6

Understanding and predicting human behavior for social communities, User data
Management, Inference and Distribution, Enabling new human experiences, Reality mining, Context,
Awareness, Privacy in online social networks, Trust in online environment, What is Neo4j, Nodes,
Relationships, Properties

UNIT V ACCESS CONTROL, PRIVACY AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6

Understand the access control requirements for Social Network, Enforcing Access Control
Strategies, Authentication and Authorization, Roles-based Access Control, Host, storage and
network access control options, Firewalls, Authentication, and Authorization in Social Network,
Identity & Access Management, Single Sign-on, Identity Federation, Identity providers and service
consumers, The role of Identity provisioning

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Develop semantic web related simple applications
CO2 : Address Privacy and Security issues in Social Networking
CO3: Explain the data extraction and mining of social networks
CO4: Discuss the prediction of human behavior in social communities
CO5: Describe the applications of social networks
30 PERIODS

PRACTICALEXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Design own social media application
2. Create a Network model using Neo4j
3. Read and write Data from Graph Database
4. Find “Friend of Friends” using Neo4j
5. Implement secure search in social media
132
6. Create a simple Security & Privacy detector
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Peter Mika, “Social Networks and the Semantic Web, First Edition, Springer 2007.
2. BorkoFurht, “Handbook of Social Network Technologies and Application, First Edition,
Springer, 2010.
3. Learning Neo4j 3.x – Second Edition By Jérôme Baton, Rik Van Bruggen, Packt publishing
4. David Easley, Jon Kleinberg, “Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning about a Highly
Connected World‖, First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES
1. Easley D. Kleinberg J., “Networks, Crowds, and Markets – Reasoning about a Highly
Connected World‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Jackson, Matthew O., “Social and Economic Networks”, Princeton University Press, 2008.
3. GuandongXu ,Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, “Web Mining and Social Networking – Techniques
and applications”, First Edition, Springer, 2011.
4. Dion Goh and Schubert Foo, “Social information Retrieval Systems: Emerging Technologies
and Applications for Searching the Web Effectively”, IGI Global Snippet, 2008.
5. Max Chevalier, Christine Julien and Chantal Soulé-Dupuy, “Collaborative and Social
Information Retrieval and Access: Techniques for Improved user Modeling”, IGI Global
Snippet, 2009.
6. John G. Breslin, Alexander Passant and Stefan Decker, “The Social Semantic Web”,
Springer, 2009.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
3 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 3 3
4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 3
5 1 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
AVG 2.2 2 2 2.8 2.2 - - - 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.2 2.6 2.6
7. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

133
 22AIDC64D MODERN CRYPTOGRAPHY LT PC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn about Modern Cryptography.
 To focus on how cryptographic algorithms and protocols work and how to use them.
 To build a Pseudorandom permutation.
 To construct Basic cryptanalytic techniques.
 To provide instruction on how to use the concepts of block ciphers and message
authentication codes.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Basics of Symmetric Key Cryptography, Basics of Asymmetric Key Cryptography, Hardness of
Functions. Notions of Semantic Security (SS) and Message Indistinguishability (MI): Proof of
Equivalence of SS and MI, Hard Core Predicate, Trap-door permutation, Goldwasser-Micali
Encryption. Goldreich-Levin Theorem: Relation between Hardcore Predicates and Trap-door
permutations.

UNIT II FORMAL NOTIONS OF ATTACKS 6

Attacks under Message Indistinguishability: Chosen Plaintext Attack (IND-CPA), Chosen Ciphertext
Attacks (IND-CCA1 and IND-CCA2), Attacks under Message Non-malleability: NM-CPA and NM-
CCA2, Inter-relations among the attack model

UNIT III RANDOM ORACLES 6

Provable Security and asymmetric cryptography, hash functions. One-way functions: Weak and
Strong one-way functions. Pseudo-random Generators (PRG): Blum-Micali-Yao Construction,
Construction of more powerful PRG, Relation between One-way functions and PRG,
Pseudo- random Functions (PRF)

UNIT IV BUILDING A PSEUDORANDOM PERMUTATION 6

The LubyRackoff Construction: Formal Definition, Application of the LubyRackoff Construction to the
construction of Block Ciphers, The DES in the light of LubyRackoff Construction.

UNIT V MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION CODES 6

Left or Right Security (LOR). Formal Definition of Weak and Strong MACs, Using a PRF as a MAC,
Variable length MAC. Public Key Signature Schemes: Formal Definitions, Signing and Verification,
Formal Proofs of Security of Full Domain Hashing. Assumptions for Public Key Signature Schemes:
One-way functions Imply Secure One-time Signatures. Shamir's Secret Sharing Scheme. Formally
Analyzing Cryptographic Protocols. Zero Knowledge Proofs and Protocols.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement Feige-Fiat-Shamir identification protocol.
2. Implement GQ identification protocol.
3. Implement Schnorr identification protocol.
4. Implement Rabin one-time signature scheme.
5. Implement Merkle one-time signature scheme.
6. Implement Authentication trees and one-time signatures.
7. Implement GMR one-time signature scheme.

134
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Interpret the basic principles of cryptography and general cryptanalysis.
CO2: Determine the concepts of symmetric encryption and authentication.
CO3 Identify the use of public key encryption, digital signatures, and key establishment.
CO4: Articulate the cryptographic algorithms to compose, build and analyze simple cryptographic
solutions.
CO5: Express the use of Message Authentication Codes.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hans Delfs and Helmut Knebl, Introduction to Cryptography: Principles and Applications,
Springer Verlag.
2. Wenbo Mao, Modern Cryptography, Theory and Practice, Pearson Education (Low Priced
Edition)
REFERENCES:
1. ShaffiGoldwasser and MihirBellare, Lecture Notes on Cryptography, Available at
http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/.
2. OdedGoldreich, Foundations of Cryptography, CRC Press (Low Priced Edition Available),
Part 1 and Part 23
3. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice”, PHI 3rd
dition, 2006.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
2 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 2 1 3
3 1 1 2 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 3 1 1 3
4 3 1 2 1 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 1
5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 1
AVG 2 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.2 - - - 2.4 1.4 1.2 2 2 1.2 1.8
4. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

135
 22AIDC64E ENGINEERING SECURE SOFTWARE SYSTEMS L TPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Know the importance and need for software security.
 Know about various attacks.
 Learn about secure software design.
 Understand risk management in secure software development.
 Know the working of tools related to software security.

UNIT I NEED OF SOFTWARE SECURITY AND LOW-LEVEL ATTACKS 6

Software Assurance and Software Security - Threats to software security - Sources of software
insecurity - Benefits of Detecting Software Security - Properties of Secure Software – Memory-
Based Attacks: Low-Level Attacks Against Heap and Stack - Defense Against Memory-Based
Attacks

UNIT II SECURE SOFTWARE DESIGN 7

Requirements Engineering for secure software - SQUARE process Model - Requirements elicitation
and prioritization- Isolating The Effects of Untrusted Executable Content - Stack Inspection – Policy
Specification Languages – Vulnerability Trends – Buffer Overflow – Code Injection - Session
Hijacking. Secure Design - Threat Modeling and Security Design Principles

UINT III SECURITY RISK MANAGEMENT 5

Risk Management Life Cycle – Risk Profiling – Risk Exposure Factors – Risk Evaluation and
Mitigation – Risk Assessment Techniques – Threat and Vulnerability Management

UNIT IV SECURITY TESTING 8

Traditional Software Testing – Comparison - Secure Software Development Life Cycle - Risk
Based Security Testing – Prioritizing Security Testing With Threat Modeling – Penetration Testing
– Planning and Scoping - Enumeration – Remote Exploitation – Web Application Exploitation -
Exploits and Client Side Attacks – Post Exploitation – Bypassing Firewalls and Avoiding Detection
- Tools for Penetration Testing

UNIT V SECURE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 4

Governance and security - Adopting an enterprise software security framework - Security and
project management - Maturity of Practice
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Implement the SQL injection attack.
2. Implement the Buffer Overflow attack.
3. Implement Cross Site Scripting and Prevent XSS.
4. Perform Penetration testing on a web application to gather information about the system, then
initiate XSS and SQL injection attacks using tools like Kali Linux.
5. Develop and test the secure test cases
6. Penetration test using kali Linux
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1:Identify various vulnerabilities related to memory attacks.
CO2:Apply security principles in software development.
136
CO3:Evaluate the extent of risks.
CO4:Involve selection of testing techniques related to software security in the testing phase of
software development.
CO5:Use tools for securing software.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Julia H. Allen, “Software Security Engineering”, Pearson Education, 2008
2. Evan Wheeler, “Security Risk Management: Building an Information Security Risk Management
Program from the Ground Up”, First edition, Syngress Publishing, 2011
3. Chris Wysopal, Lucas Nelson, Dino Dai Zovi, and Elfriede Dustin, “The Art of Software Security
Testing: Identifying Software Security Flaws (Symantec Press)”, Addison-Wesley Professional,
2006
REFERENCES:
1. Robert C. Seacord, “Secure Coding in C and C++ (SEI Series in Software Engineering)”,
Addison-Wesley Professional, 2005.
2. Jon Erickson, “Hacking: The Art of Exploitation”, 2nd Edition, No Starch Press, 2008.
3. Mike Shema, “Hacking Web Apps: Detecting and Preventing Web Application Security
Problems”, First edition, Syngress Publishing, 2012
4. Bryan Sullivan and Vincent Liu, “Web Application Security, A Beginner's Guide”, Kindle
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012
5. Lee Allen, “Advanced Penetration Testing for Highly-Secured Environments: The Ultimate
Security Guide (Open Source: Community Experience Distilled)”, Kindle Edition, Packt
Publishing,2012
6. Jason Grembi, “Developing Secure Software”.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
3 1 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
4 2 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
5 2 1 2 2 3 - - - 2 1 1 2 2 1 2
AVg. 1.8 2.2 2 2.4 2.2 - - - 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.2
4. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

137
 22AIDC64F CRYPTOCURRENCY AND BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of Blockchain
 To learn Different protocols and consensus algorithms in Blockchain
 To learn the Blockchain implementation frameworks
 To understand the Blockchain Applications
 To experiment the Hyperledger Fabric, Ethereum networks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN 7

Blockchain- Public Ledgers, Blockchain as Public Ledgers - Block in a Blockchain, Transactions- The
Chain and the Longest Chain - Permissioned Model of Blockchain, Cryptographic -Hash Function,
Properties of a hash function-Hash pointer and Merkle tree

UNIT II BITCOIN AND CRYPTOCURRENCY 6

A basic crypto currency, Creation of coins, Payments and double spending, FORTH – the precursor
for Bitcoin scripting, Bitcoin Scripts , Bitcoin P2P Network, Transaction in Bitcoin Network, Block
Mining, Block propagation and block relay

UNIT III BITCOIN CONSENSUS 6

Bitcoin Consensus, Proof of Work (PoW)- Hashcash PoW , Bitcoin PoW, Attacks on PoW ,monopoly
problem- Proof of Stake- Proof of Burn - Proof of Elapsed Time - Bitcoin Miner, Mining Difficulty,
Mining Pool-Permissioned model and use cases.

UNIT IV HYPERLEDGER FABRIC & ETHEREUM 5

Architecture of Hyperledger fabric v1.1- chain code- Ethereum: Ethereum network, EVM, Transaction
fee, Mist Browser, Ether, Gas, Solidity.

UNIT V BLOCKCHAIN APPLICATIONS 6

Smart contracts, Truffle Design and issue- DApps- NFT. Blockchain Applications in Supply Chain
Management, Logistics, Smart Cities, Finance and Banking, Insurance,etc- Case Study.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand emerging abstract models for Blockchain Technology
CO2: Identify major research challenges and technical gaps existing between theory and practice
in the crypto currency domain.
CO3: It provides conceptual understanding of the function of Blockchain as a method of securing
distributed ledgers, how consensus on their contents is achieved, and the new applications that
they enable.
CO4: Apply hyperledger Fabric and Ethereum platform to implement the Block chain Application.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL 30 PERIODS
1. Install and understand Docker container, Node.js, Java and Hyperledger Fabric, Ethereum
and perform necessary software installation on local machine/create instance on cloud to
run.
2. Create and deploy a blockchain network using Hyperledger Fabric SDK for Java Set up and

138
 initialize the channel, install and instantiate chain code, and perform invoke and query on
your blockchain network.
3. Interact with a blockchain network. Execute transactions and requests against a blockchain
network by creating an app to test the network and its rules.
4. Deploy an asset-transfer app using blockchain. Learn app development within a Hyperledger
Fabric network.
5. Use blockchain to track fitness club rewards. Build a web app that uses Hyperledger Fabric
to track and trace member rewards.
6. Car auction network: A Hello World example with Hyperledger Fabric Node SDK and IBM
Blockchain Starter Plan. Use Hyperledger Fabric to invoke chain code while storing results
and data in the starter plan
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bashir and Imran, Mastering Blockchain: Deeper insights into decentralization, cryptography,
Bitcoin, and popular Blockchain frameworks, 2017.
2. 2.Andreas Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies”, O’Reilly,
2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Daniel Drescher, “Blockchain Basics”, First Edition, Apress, 2017.
2. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven Goldfeder.
Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction. Princeton University
Press, 2016.
3. Melanie Swan, “Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy”, O’Reilly, 2015
4. Ritesh Modi, “Solidity Programming Essentials: A Beginner’s Guide to Build Smart Contracts
for Ethereum and Blockchain”, Packt Publishing
5. Handbook of Research on Blockchain Technology, published by Elsevier Inc. ISBN:
9780128198162, 2020.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - 1 - - 2 3 1 1
2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 2 - - 2 1 2 1
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 2 2 3 3
4 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 - - 2 2 2 3
AVG 3 2.75 2.75 2.5 1.75 - - - 2.25 - - 2 2 2.2 2
6. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

139
 21150E65G NETWORK SECURITY LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn the fundamentals of cryptography.
 To learn the key management techniques and authentication approaches.
 To explore the network and transport layer security techniques.
 To understand the application layer security standards.
 To learn the real time security practices.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 8
Basics of cryptography, conventional and public-key cryptography, hash functions, authentication,
and digital signatures.

UNIT II KEY MANAGEMENT AND AUTHENTICATION 7

Key Management and Distribution: Symmetric Key Distribution, Distribution of Public Keys, X.509
Certificates, Public-Key Infrastructure. User Authentication: Remote User-Authentication Principles,
Remote User-Authentication Using Symmetric Encryption, Kerberos Systems, Remote User
Authentication Using Asymmetric Encryption.

UNIT III ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY 4

Network Access Control: Network Access Control, Extensible Authentication Protocol, IEEE 802.1X
Port-Based Network Access Control - IP Security - Internet Key Exchange (IKE). Transport-Level
Security: Web Security Considerations, Secure Sockets Layer, Transport Layer Security, HTTPS
standard, Secure Shell (SSH) application.

UNIT IV APPLICATION LAYER SECURITY 5

Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy, S/MIME, DomainKeys Identified Mail. Wireless
Network Security: Mobile Device Security

UNIT V SECURITY PRACTICES 6

Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Systems: Intrusion Detection Password Management, Firewall
Characteristics Types of Firewalls, Firewall Basing, Firewall Location and Configurations.
Blockchains, Cloud Security and IoT security
30 PERIODS
PRACTICALEXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement symmetric key algorithms
2. Implement asymmetric key algorithms and key exchange algorithms
3. Implement digital signature schemes
4. Installation of Wire shark, tcpdump and observe data transferred in client-server
communication using UDP/TCP and identify the UDP/TCP datagram.
5. Check message integrity and confidentiality using SSL
6. Experiment Eavesdropping, Dictionary attacks, MITM attacks
7. Experiment with Sniff Traffic using ARP Poisoning
8. Demonstrate intrusion detection system using any tool.
9. Explore network monitoring tools
10. Study to configure Firewall, VPN
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able:
CO1:Classify the encryption techniques
CO2:Illustrate the key management technique and authentication.
140
CO3:Evaluate the security techniques applied to network and transport layer
CO4:Discuss the application layer security standards.
CO5:Apply security practices for real time applications.
TOTAL :60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition, William Stallings,
2014, Pearson, ISBN 13:9780133354690.
REFERENCES:
1. Network Security: Private Communications in a Public World, M. Speciner, R. Perlman, C.
Kaufman, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Linux iptables Pocket Reference, Gregor N. Purdy, O'Reilly, 2004, ISBN-13: 978-0596005696.
3. Linux Firewalls, by Michael Rash, No Starch Press, October 2007, ISBN: 978-1-59327-141-1.
4. Network Security, Firewalls And VPNs, J. Michael Stewart, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2013,
ISBN-10: 1284031675, ISBN-13: 978-1284031676.
5. The Network Security Test Lab: A Step-By-Step Guide, Michael Gregg, Dreamtech Press,
2015, ISBN-10:8126558148, ISBN-13: 978-8126558148.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 1 2 3 1
2 1 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 1 3 1 2
3 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 2 1 3
4 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 1 2 1 3
5 2 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
AVG 1.8 1.8 2.4 1.8 2.2 - - - 2.4 2 1.4 1.8 2.2 1.4 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

141
 22AIDC64H OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES L T PC
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand fundamental topics in bio-inspired optimization techniques
 To Learn the collective systems such as ACO, PSO, and BCO
 To develop skills in biologically inspired algorithm design with an emphasis on solving real world
problems
 To understand the most appropriate types of algorithms for different data analysis problems and
to introduce some of the most appropriate implementation strategies.
 To implement the Bio-inspired technique with other traditional algorithms.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Optimization Techniques: Introduction to Optimization Problems – Single and Muti- objective
Optimization – Classical Techniques – Overview of various Optimization methods – Evolutionary
Computing: Genetic Algorithm and Genetic Programming: Basic concept – encoding –
representation – fitness function – Reproduction – differences between GA and Traditional
optimization methods – Applications – Bio- inspired Computing (BIC): Motivation – Overview of BIC –
usage of BIC – merits and demerits of BIC.

UNIT II SWARM INTELLIGENCE 9

Introduction – Biological foundations of Swarm Intelligence – Swarm Intelligence in Optimization – Ant
Colonies: Ant Foraging Behavior – Towards Artificial Ants – Ant Colony Optimization (ACO) – S- ACO
– Ant Colony Optimization Metaheuristic: Combinatorial Optimization – ACO Metaheuristic – Problem
solving using ACO – Other Metaheuristics – Simulated annealing – Tabu Search – Local search
methods – Scope of ACO algorithms.

UNIT III NATURAL TO ARTIFICIAL SYSTEMS 9

Biological Nervous Systems – artificial neural networks – architecture – Learning Paradigms –
unsupervised learning – supervised learning – reinforcement learning – evolution of neural networks –
hybrid neural systems – Biological Inspirations in problem solving – Behavior of Social Insects:
Foraging –Division of Labor – Task Allocation – Cemetery Organization and Brood Sorting – Nest
Building – Cooperative transport.
UNIT IV SWARM ROBOTICS 9
Foraging for food – Clustering of objects – Collective Prey retrieval – Scope of Swarm Robotics – Social
Adaptation of Knowledge: Particle Swarm – Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) – Particle Swarms for
Dynamic Optimization Problems – Artificial Bee Colony (ABC) Optimization biologically inspired
algorithms in engineering.

UNIT V CASE STUDIES 9

Other Swarm Intelligence algorithms: Fish Swarm – Bacteria foraging – Intelligent Water Drop
Algorithms – Applications of biologically inspired algorithms in engineering. Case Studies: ACO and
PSO for NP-hard problems – Routing problems – Assignment problems – Scheduling problems –
Subset problems – Machine Learning Problems – Travelling Salesman problem.

142
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Familiarity with the basics of several biologically inspired optimization techniques.
CO2: Familiarity with the basics of several biologically inspired computing paradigms.
CO3: Ability to select an appropriate bio-inspired computing method and implement for any
application and data set.
CO4: Theoretical understanding of the differences between the major bio-inspired computing
methods.
CO5: Learn Other Swarm Intelligence algorithms and implement the Bio-inspired technique with
other traditional algorithms.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK
1. A. E. Elben and J. E. Smith, “Introduction to Evolutionary Computing”, Springer, 2010.
2. Floreano D. and Mattiussi C., "Bio-Inspired Artificial Intelligence: Theories, Methods, and
Technologies", MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2008.
3. Leandro Nunes de Castro, " Fundamentals of Natural Computing, Basic Concepts, Algorithms
and Applications", Chapman & Hall/ CRC, Taylor and Francis Group, 2007
REFERENCES
1. Eric Bonabeau, Marco Dorigo, Guy Theraulaz, “Swarm Intelligence: From Natural to Artificial
Systems”, Oxford University press, 2000.
Christian Blum, Daniel Merkle (Eds.), “Swarm Intelligence: Introduction and Applications

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
2 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 1 2
3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 2
4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVg. 3.00 2.60 2.40 2.00 3.00 - - - 2.80 2.20 1.80 2.60 2.80 1.80 2.20
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

143
 ELECTIVE - V (SEMESTER VI)

221AIDC65A AUGMENTED REALITY/VIRTUAL REALITY LT P C

20 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To impart the fundamental aspects and principles of AR/VR technologies.
 To know the internals of the hardware and software components involved in the
development of AR/VR enabled applications.
 To learn about the graphical processing units and their architectures.
 To gain knowledge about AR/VR application development.
 To know the technologies involved in the development of AR/VR based applications.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 7
Introduction to Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality – Definition – Introduction to Trajectories and
Hybrid Space-Three I’s of Virtual Reality – Virtual Reality Vs 3D Computer Graphics – Benefits of
Virtual Reality – Components of VR System – Introduction to AR-AR Technologies-Input Devices – 3D
Position Trackers – Types of Trackers – Navigation and Manipulation Interfaces – Gesture
Interfaces – Types of Gesture Input Devices – Output Devices – Graphics Display – Human Visual
System – Personal Graphics Displays – Large Volume Displays – Sound Displays – Human Auditory
System.

UNIT II VR MODELING 6
Modeling – Geometric Modeling – Virtual Object Shape – Object Visual Appearance – Kinematics
Modeling – Transformation Matrices – Object Position – Transformation Invariants –Object
Hierarchies – Viewing the 3D World – Physical Modeling – Collision Detection – Surface Deformation
– Force Computation – Force Smoothing and Mapping – Behavior Modeling – Model Management.

UNIT III VR PROGRAMMING 6

VR Programming – Toolkits and Scene Graphs – World ToolKit – Java 3D – Comparison of World
ToolKit and Java 3D

UNIT IV APPLICATIONS 6
Human Factors in VR – Methodology and Terminology – VR Health and Safety Issues – VR and
Society-Medical Applications of VR – Education, Arts and Entertainment – Military VR Applications
– Emerging Applications of VR – VR Applications in Manufacturing – Applications of VR in Robotics
– Information Visualization – VR in Business – VR in Entertainment – VR in Education.

UNIT V AUGMENTED REALITY 5

Introduction to Augmented Reality-Computer vision for AR-Interaction-Modelling and Annotation-
Navigation-Wearable devices
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. Study of tools like Unity, Maya, 3DS MAX, AR toolkit, Vuforia and Blender.
2. Use the primitive objects and apply various projection types by handling camera.
3. Download objects from asset store and apply various lighting and shading effects.
4. Model three dimensional objects using various modelling techniques and apply textures over
them.
5. Create three dimensional realistic scenes and develop simple virtual reality enabled mobile
applications which have limited interactivity.
144
 6. Add audio and text special effects to the developed application.
7. Develop VR enabled applications using motion trackers and sensors incorporating full haptic
interactivity.
8. Develop AR enabled applications with interactivity like E learning environment, Virtual
walkthroughs and visualization of historic places.
9. Develop AR enabled simple applications like human anatomy visualization, DNA/RNA
structure visualization and surgery simulation.
10. Develop simple MR enabled gaming applications.

30 PERIODS

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the basic concepts of AR and VR
CO2:Understand the tools and technologies related to AR/VR

CO3:Know the working principle of AR/VR related Sensor devices

CO4:Design of various models using modeling techniques
CO5:Develop AR/VR applications in different domains.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Charles Palmer, John Williamson, “Virtual Reality Blueprints: Create compelling VR
experiences for mobile”, Packt Publisher, 2018
2. Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, “Augmented Reality: Principles & Practice”, Addison
Wesley, 2016
3. John Vince, “Introduction to Virtual Reality”, Springer-Verlag, 2004.
4. William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig: Understanding Virtual Reality – Interface, Application,
Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2003.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 2 2 3 2 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 2 3 3 2 3
4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVg. 3.00 2.80 3.00 2.80 3.00 2.00 - - 3.00 2.80 2.20 2.60 3.00 2.40 3.00
1. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

145
 221AIDC65B MULTIMEDIA AND ANIMATION LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To grasp the fundamental knowledge of Multimedia elements and systems
 To get familiar with Multimedia file formats and standards
 To learn the process of Authoring multimedia presentations
 To learn the techniques of animation in 2D and 3D and for the mobile UI
 To explore different popular applications of multimedia

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA 6

Definitions, Elements, Multimedia Hardware and Software, Distributed multimedia systems,
challenges: security, sharing / distribution, storage, retrieval, processing, computing. Multimedia
metadata, Multimedia databases, Hypermedia, Multimedia Learning.

UNIT II MULTIMEDIA FILE FORMATS AND STANDARDS 6

File formats – Text, Image file formats, Graphic and animation file formats, Digital audio and Video
file formats, Color in image and video, Color Models. Multimedia data and file formats for the web.

UNIT III MULTIMEDIA AUTHORING 6

Authoring metaphors, Tools Features and Types: Card and Page Based Tools, Icon and Object
Based Tools, Time Based Tools, Cross Platform Authoring Tools, Editing Tools,
Painting and Drawing Tools, 3D Modeling and Animation Tools, Image Editing Tools,
audio Editing Tools, Digital Movie Tools, Creating interactive presentations, virtual learning,
simulations.
UNIT IV ANIMATION 6
Principles of animation: staging, squash and stretch, timing, onion skinning, secondary action, 2D, 2
½ D, and 3D animation, Animation techniques: Keyframe, Morphing, Inverse Kinematics, Hand
Drawn, Character rigging, vector animation, stop motion, motion graphics, , Fluid Simulation, skeletal
animation, skinning Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality.

UNIT V MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS 6

Multimedia Big data computing, social networks, smart phones, surveillance, Analytics, Multimedia
Cloud Computing, Multimedia streaming cloud, media on demand, security and forensics, Online
social networking, multimedia ontology, Content based retrieval from digital libraries.
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Working with Image Editing tools:
Install tools like GIMP/ InkScape / Krita / Pencil and perform editing operations:
Ø Use different selection and transform tools to modify or improve an image
Ø Create logos and banners for home pages of websites.
Working with Audio Editing tools:
Ø Install tools like, Audacity / Ardour for audio editing, sound mixing and special effects like fade-in
or fade-out etc.,
Ø Perform audio compression by choosing a proper codec.

146
Working with Video Editing and conversion tools:
Install tools like OpenShot / Cinelerra / HandBrake for editing video content.
Ø Edit and mix video content, remove noise, create special effects, add captions.
Ø Compress and convert video file format to other popular formats.
Working with web/mobile authoring tools:
Adapt / KompoZer/ BlueGriffon / BlueFish / Aptana Studio/ NetBeans / WordPress /Expression Web:
Ø Design simple Home page with banners, logos, tables quick links etc
Ø Provide a search interface and simple navigation from the home page to the inside pages of the
website.
Ø Design Responsive web pages for use on both web and mobile interfaces.
Working with Animation tools:
Install tools like, Krita, Wick Editor, Blender:
Ø Perform a simple 2D animation with sprites
Ø Perform simple 3D animation with keyframes, kinematics
 Working with Mobile UI animation tools: Origami studio / Lottie / Framer etc.,
Working with E-Learning authoring tools:
Install tools like EdApp / Moovly / CourseLab/ IsEazy and CamStudio/Ampache, VideoLAN:Ø
Demonstrate screen recording and further editing for e-learning content.Ø Create a simple E
-Learning module for a topic of your choice.
Creating VR and AR applications:
Ø Any affordable VR viewer like Google Cardboard and any development platform like Openspace
3D / ARCore etc.

Note: all tools listed are open source. Usage of any proprietary tools in place of open source tools is
not restricted.
30 PERIODS
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
1. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview
2. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview (UNIT-IV)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
 Get the bigger picture of the context of Multimedia and its applications
 Use the different types of media elements of different formats on content pages
 Author 2D and 3D creative and interactive presentations for different target multimedia
applications.
 Use different standard animation techniques for 2D, 21/2 D, 3D applications
 Understand the complexity of multimedia applications in the context of cloud, security,
bigdata streaming, social networking, CBIR etc.,

147
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, Jiangchuan Liu, Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Third Edition,
Springer Texts in Computer Science, 2021. (UNIT-I, II, III)
REFERENCES:
1. John M Blain, The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling & Animation,
CRC press, 3rd Edition, 2016.
2. Gerald Friedland, Ramesh Jain, “Multimedia Computing”, Cambridge University Press, 2018.
3. Prabhat K.Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, “Multimedia System Design”, Pearson
Education, 1st Edition, 2015.
4. Mohsen Amini Salehi, Xiangbo Li, “Multimedia Cloud Computing Systems”, Springer Nature,
1st Edition, 2021.
5. Mark Gaimbruno, “3D Graphics and Animation”, Second Edition, New Riders, 2002.
6. Rogers David, “Animation: Master – A Complete Guide (Graphics Series)”, Charles River
Media, 2006.
7. Rick parent, “Computer Animation: Algorithms and Techniques”, Morgan Kauffman, 3rd
Edition, 2012.
8. Emilio Rodriguez Martinez, Mireia Alegre Ruiz, “UI Animations with Lottie and After Effects:
Create, render, and ship stunning After Effects animations natively on mobile with React
Native”, Packt Publishing, 2022.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 3 2 3 1 1
2 2 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
4 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
5 2 1 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 1
AVG 2.2 1.8 2.6 2.4 1 - - - 2.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2 1.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

148
 221AIDC65C VIDEO CREATION AND EDITING LTPC
2 02 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● To introduce the broad perspective of linear and nonlinear editing concepts.
● To understand the concept of Storytelling styles.
● To be familiar with audio and video recording. To apply different media tools.
● To learn and understand the concepts of AVID XPRESS DV 4.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS 6
Evolution of filmmaking - linear editing - non-linear digital video - Economy of Expression - risks
associated with altering reality through editing.

UNIT II STORYTELLING 6
Storytelling styles in a digital world through jump cuts, L-cuts, match cuts, cutaways, dissolves, split
edits - Consumer and pro NLE systems - digitizing images - managing resolutions - mechanics of
digital editing - pointer files - media management.
UNIT III USING AUDIO AND VIDEO 6
Capturing digital and analog video importing audio putting video on exporting digital video to tape
recording to CDs and VCDs.

UNIT IV WORKING WITH FINAL CUT PRO 6

Working with clips and the Viewer - working with sequences, the Timeline, and the canvas - Basic
Editing - Adding and Editing Testing Effects - Advanced Editing and Training Techniques - Working
with Audio - Using Media Tools - Viewing and Setting Preferences.

UNIT V WORKING WITH AVID XPRESS DV 4 6

Starting Projects and Working with Project Window - Using Basic Tools and Logging - Preparing to
Record and Recording - Importing Files - Organizing with Bins - Viewing and Making Footage - Using
Timeline and Working in Trim Mode - Working with Audio - Output Options. 30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 PERIODS
1. Write a Movie Synopsis (Individual/Team Writing)
2. Present team stories in class.
3. Script/Storyboard Writing(Individual Assignment)
4. Pre-Production: Personnel, budgeting, scheduling, location scouting, casting, contracts &
agreements
5. Production: Single camera production personnel & equipment, Documentary Production
6. Writing The Final Proposal: Overview, Media Treatments, Summary, Pitching
7. Write Documentary & Animation Treatment
8. Post-production: Editing, Sound design, Finishing
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Compare the strengths and limitations of Nonlinear editing.
CO2:Identify the infrastructure and significance of storytelling.
CO3:Apply suitable methods for recording to CDs and VCDs.
CO4:Address the core issues of advanced editing and training techniques.
CO5:Design and develop projects using AVID XPRESS DV 4
149
TEXT BOOKS
1. Avid Xpress DV 4 User Guide, 2007.
2. Final Cut Pro 6 User Manual, 2004.
3. Keith Underdahl, “Digital Video for Dummies”, Third Edition, Dummy Series, 2001.
4. Robert M. Goodman and Partick McGarth, “Editing Digital Video: The Complete Creative and
Technical Guide”, Digital Video and Audio, McGraw – Hill 2003.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 3 2 3 1 1
2 2 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
4 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
5 2 1 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 1
AVG 2.2 1.8 2.6 2.4 1 - - - 2.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2 1.4 1.4
5. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

150
 221AIDC6E DIGITAL MARKETING
LTPC
2 02 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:

151
  The primary objective of this module is to examine and explore the role and importance of
digital marketing in today’s rapidly changing business environment.
 It also focuses on how digital marketing can be utilized by organizations and how
its effectiveness can be measured.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ONLINE MARKET 6
Online Market space- Digital Marketing Strategy- Components - Opportunities for building Brand
Website - Planning and Creation - Content Marketing.

UNIT II SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMISATION 6

Search Engine optimisation - Keyword Strategy- SEO Strategy - SEO success factors -On-Page
Techniques - Off-Page Techniques. Search Engine Marketing- How Search Engine works- SEM
components- PPC advertising -Display Advertisement

UNIT III E- MAIL MARKETING 6

E- Mail Marketing - Types of E- Mail Marketing - Email Automation - Lead Generation - Integrating
Email with Social Media and Mobile- Measuring and maximizing email campaign effectiveness.
Mobile Marketing- Mobile Inventory/channels- Location based; Context based; Coupons and offers,
Mobile Apps, Mobile Commerce, SMS Campaigns-Profiling and targeting

UNIT IV SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING 6

Social Media Marketing - Social Media Channels- Leveraging Social media for brand conversations
and buzz. Successful /benchmark Social media campaigns. Engagement Marketing- Building
Customer relationships - Creating Loyalty drivers - Influencer Marketing.

UNIT V DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION 6

Digital Transformation & Channel Attribution- Analytics- Ad-words, Email, Mobile, Social Media, Web
Analytics - Changing your strategy based on analysis- Recent trends in Digital marketing.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Subscribe to a weekly/quarterly newsletter and analyze how its content and structure aid with
the branding of the company and how it aids its potential customer segments.
2. Perform keyword search for a skincare hospital website based on search volume and
competition using Google keyword planner tool.
3. Demonstrate how to use the Google WebMasters Indexing API
4. Discuss an interesting case study regarding how an insurance company manages leads.
5. Discuss negative and positive impacts and ethical implications of using social media for
political advertising.
6. Discuss how Predictive analytics is impacting marketing automation

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: To examine and explore the role and importance of digital marketing in today’s rapidly
changing business environment..
CO2: To focuses on how digital marketing can be utilized by organizations and how
its effectiveness can be measured.
CO3: To know the key elements of a digital marketing strategy.
CO4: To study how the effectiveness of a digital marketing campaign can be measured
CO5: To demonstrate advanced practical skills in common digital marketing tools such as
SEO, SEM, Social media and Blogs.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

152
TEXT BOOKS
1. Fundamentals of Digital Marketing by Puneet Singh Bhatia;Publisher: Pearson Education;
2. First edition ( July 2017);ISBN-10: 933258737X;ISBN-13: 978-9332587373.
3. Digital Marketing by Vandana Ahuja ;Publisher: Oxford University Press ( April 2015). ISBN-
10: 0199455449
4. Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital by Philip Kotler;Publisher: Wiley; 1st edition
( April 2017); ISBN10: 9788126566938;ISBN 13: 9788126566938;ASIN: 8126566930.
5. Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited..
6. Barker, Barker, Bormann and Neher(2017), Social Media Marketing: A Strategic Approach,
2E South-Western ,Cengage Learning.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
3 1 1 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
4 3 2 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 3 2 3 2
5 2 3 1 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 2 1
AVG 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 2.4 - - - 1.2 2.4 2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

153
 21AIDC65F MULTIMEDIA DATA COMPRESSION AND STORAGE LTPC
2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics of compression techniques
 To understand the categories of compression for text, image and video
 To explore the modalities of text, image and video compression algorithms
 To know about basics of consistency of data availability in storage devices
 To understand the concepts of data streaming services

UNIT I BASICS OF DATA COMPRESSION 6

Introduction ––Lossless and LossyCompression– Basics of Huffmann coding- Arithmetic coding-
Dictionary techniques- Context based compression - Applications

UNIT II IMAGE COMPRESSION 6

Lossless Image compression – JPEG-CALIC-JPEG LS-Prediction using conditional averages –
Progressive Image Transmission – Lossless Image compression formats – Applications - Facsimile
encoding
UNIT III VIDEO COMPRESSION 6
Introduction – Motion Compensation – Video Signal Representation – H.261 – MPEG-1- MPEG-2-
H.263.

UNIT IV DATA PLACEMENT ON DISKS 6

Statistical placement on Disks – Striping on Disks – Replication Placement on Disks – Constraint
allocation on Disks – Tertiary storage Devices – Continuous Placement on Hierarchical storage
system – Statistical placement on Hierarchical storage systems – Constraint allocation on
Hierarchical storage system

UNIT V DISK SCHEDULING METHODS 6

Scheduling methods for disk requests – Feasibility conditions of concurrent streams– Scheduling
methods for request streams
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Construct Huffman codes for given symbol probabilities.
2. Encode run lengths with fixed-length code.
3. Lempel-Ziv algorithm for adaptive variable-length encoding
4. Compress the given word using arithmetic coding based on the frequency of the letters.
5. Write a shell script, which converts all images in the current directory in JPEG.
6. Write a program to split images from a video without using any primitives.
7. Create a photo album of a trip by applying appropriate image dimensions and format.
8. Write the code for identifying the popularity of content retrieval from media server.
9. Write the code for ensuring data availability in disks using strip based method.
10. Program for scheduling requests for data streams.

30 PERIODS TOTAL : 60 PERIODS

154
COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1: Understand the basics of text, Image and Video compression

CO2: Understand the various compression algorithms for multimedia content

CO3: Explore the applications of various compression techniques
CO4: Explore knowledge on multimedia storage on disks
CO5: Understand scheduling methods for request streams
TEXT BOOKS
1. Khalid Sayood, Introduction to Data Compression, Morgan Kaufmann Series in Multimedia
Information and Systems, 2018, 5th Edition.
2. Philip K.C.Tse, Multimedia Information Storage and Retrieval: Techniques and
Technologies, 2008
REFERENCES
1. David Salomon, A concise introduction to data compression, 2008.
2. Lenald Best, Best’s Guide to Live Stream Video Broadcasting, BCB Live Teaching series,
2017.
3. Yun-Qing Shi, Image And Video Compression For Multimedia Engineering Fundamentals
Algorithms And Standards, Taylor& Francis,2019
4. Irina Bocharova, Compression for Multimedia, Cambridge University Press; 1st edition,
2009.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 2 - - - 2 3 1 1 3 1 3
2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 3 2 1
3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1 3 1
4 3 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 2 3 3 1 2
5 2 3 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 2 2 3 2
AVG 2.4 1.8 2 1.8 1.4 - - - 1.4 2.2 1.4 2.2 2.4 2 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

155
 221AIDC65G GAME DEVELOPMENT LTPC
20 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To know the basics of 2D and 3D graphics for game development.
 To know the stages of game development.
 To understand the basics of a game engine.
 To survey the gaming development environment and tool kits.
 To learn and develop simple games using Pygame environment


UNIT I 3D GRAPHICS FOR GAME DESIGN 6

Genres of Games, Basics of 2D and 3D Graphics for Game Avatar, Game Components – 2D and 3D
Transformations – Projections – Color Models – Illumination and Shader Models – Animation –
Controller Based Animation.
UNIT II GAME DESIGN PRINCIPLES 6
Character Development, Storyboard Development for Gaming – Script Design – Script Narration,
Game Balancing, Core Mechanics, Principles of Level Design – Proposals – Writing for
Preproduction, Production and Post – Production.

UNIT III GAME ENGINE DESIGN 6

Rendering Concept – Software Rendering – Hardware Rendering – Spatial Sorting Algorithms –
Algorithms for Game Engine– Collision Detection – Game Logic – Game AI – Pathfinding.

UNIT IV OVERVIEW OF GAMING PLATFORMS AND FRAMEWORKS 6

Pygame Game development – Unity – Unity Scripts –Mobile Gaming, Game Studio, Unity
Single player and Multi-Player games.

UNIT V GAME DEVELOPMENT USING PYGAME 6

Developing 2D and 3D interactive games using Pygame – Avatar Creation – 2D and 3D Graphics
Programming – Incorporating music and sound – Asset Creations – Game Physics algorithms
Development – Device Handling in Pygame – Overview of Isometric and Tile Based arcade Games –
Puzzle Games.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Explain the concepts of 2D and 3d Graphics
CO2:Design game design documents.
CO3:Implementation of gaming engines.
CO4:Survey gaming environments and frameworks.
CO5:Implement a simple game in Pygame.

EXPERIMENTS:
1. Installation of a game engine, e.g., Unity, Unreal Engine, familiarization of the GUI.
Conceptualize the theme for a 2D game.
2. Character design, sprites, movement and character control
3. Level design: design of the world in the form of tiles along with interactive and collectible
objects.
156
 4. Design of interaction between the player and the world, optionally using the physics engine.
5. Developing a 2D interactive using Pygame
6. Developing a Puzzle game
7. Design of menus and user interaction in mobile platforms.
8. Developing a 3D Game using Unreal
9. Developing a Multiplayer game using unity
30 PERIODS
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

REFERENCES
1. Sanjay Madhav, “Game Programming Algorithms and Techniques: A Platform Agnostic
Approach”, Addison Wesley,2013.
2. Will McGugan, “Beginning Game Development with Python and Pygame: From Novice to
Professional”, Apress,2007.
3. Paul Craven, “Python Arcade games”, Apress Publishers,2016.
4. David H. Eberly, “3D Game Engine Design: A Practical Approach to Real-Time Computer
Graphics”, Second Edition, CRC Press,2006.
Jung Hyun Han, “3D Graphics for Game Programming”, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2011

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 2 - - - 3 1 2 3 3 3 2
2 1 1 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 1
3 1 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
4 3 3 1 3 1 - - - 2 2 1 1 2 2 3
5 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 1 3 2 1 1 1 3
AVG 2.2 2 1.6 1.6 1.4 - - - 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 2.2 2 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

157
 221AIDC65H VISUAL EFFECTS LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES
● To get a basic idea on animation principles and techniques
● To get exposure to CGI, color and light elements of VFX
● To have a better understanding of basic special effects techniques
● To have a knowledge of state of the art vfx techniques
● To become familiar with popular compositing techniques

UNIT I ANIMATION BASICS 6

VFX production pipeline, Principles of animation, Techniques: Keyframe, kinematics, Full animation,
limited animation, Rotoscoping, stop motion, object animation, pixilation, rigging, shape keys,
motion paths.

UNIT II CGI, COLOR, LIGHT 6

CGI – virtual worlds, Photorealism, physical realism, function realism, 3D Modeling and Rendering:
color - Color spaces, color depth, Color grading, color effects, HDRI, Light – Area and mesh lights,
image based lights, PBR lights, photometric light, BRDF shading model

UNIT III SPECIAL EFFECTS 6

Special Effects – props, scaled models, animatronics, pyrotechniques, Schüfftan process, Particle
effects – wind, rain, fog, fire

UNIT IV VISUAL EFFECTS TECHNIQUES 6

Motion Capture, Matt Painting, Rigging, Front Projection.Rotoscoping, Match Moving – Tracking,
camera reconstruction, planar tracking, Calibration, Point Cloud Projection, Ground plane
determination, 3D Match Moving

UNIT V COMPOSITING 6
Compositing – chroma key, blue screen/green screen, background projection, alpha compositing,
deep image compositing, multiple exposure, matting, VFX tools - Blender, Natron, GIMP.
30 PERIODS
Laboratory Experiments:
Using Natron:
o Understanding Natron Environment:
o Working with color and using color grading
o using Channels
o Merging images
o Using Rotopaint
o performing Tracking and stabilizing
o Transforming elements
o Stereoscopic compositing
Using Blender:
Ø Motion Tracking – camera and object trackingØ Camera fx, color grading, vignettes
Ø Compositing images and video filesØ Multilayer rendering
158
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1:To implement animation in 2D / 3D following the principles and techniques
CO2:To use CGI, color and light elements in VFX applications
CO3:To create special effects using any of the state of the art tools
CO4:To apply popular visual effects techniques using advanced tools
CO5:To use compositing tools for creating VFX for a variety of applications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chris Roda, Real Time Visual Effects for the Technical Artist, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2022.
2. Steve Wright, Digital Compositing for film and video, Routledge, 4th Edition, 2017.
3. John Gress, Digital Visual Effects and Compositing, New Riders Press, 1st Edition, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Jon Gress, “Digital Visual Effects and Compositing”, New Riders Press, 1st Edition, 2014.
2. Robin Brinkman, The Art and Science of Digital Compositing: Techniques for Visual Effects,
Animation and Motion Graphics”, Morgan Kauffman, 2008.
3. Luiz Velho, Bruno Madeira, “Introduction to Visual Effects A Computational Approach”,
Routledge, 2023.
4. Jasmine Katatikarn, Michael Tanzillo, “Lighting for Animation: The art of visual storytelling ,
Routledge, 1st Edition, 2016.
5. Eran Dinur, “The Complete guide to Photorealism, for Visual Effects, Visualization
6. Jeffrey A. Okun, Susan Zwerman, Christopher McKittrick, “ The VES Handbook of Visual
Effects: Industry Standard VFX Practices and Procedures”, Third Edition, 2020.and Games”,
Routledge, 1st Edition, 2022.
7. https://www.blender.org/features/vfx/

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 3 2
2 1 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 2 2 2 1 1 1
3 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 2 2
4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 2 2 3 1
5 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 3 2 3 2 3 1
AVG 2 2.8 2.4 2 1.6 - - - 1.8 2.4 1.6 2 2 2.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

159
 221AIDC66D ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basic concepts of Robotic Process Automation.
 To expose to the key RPA design and development strategies and methodologies.
 To learn the fundamental RPA logic and structure.
 To explore the Exception Handling, Debugging and Logging operations in RPA.
 To learn to deploy and Maintain the software bot.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION 6
Emergence of Robotic Process Automation (RPA), Evolution of RPA, Differentiating RPA from
Automation - Benefits of RPA - Application areas of RPA, Components of RPA, RPA Platforms.
Robotic Process Automation Tools - Templates, User Interface, Domains in Activities, Workflow
Files.

UNIT II AUTOMATION PROCESS ACTIVITIES 6

Sequence, Flowchart & Control Flow: Sequencing the Workflow, Activities, Flowchart, Control Flow
for Decision making. Data Manipulation: Variables, Collection, Arguments, Data Table, Clipboard
management, File operations Controls: Finding the control, waiting for a control, Act on a control,
UiExplorer, Handling Events

UNIT III APP INTEGRATION, RECORDING AND SCRAPING 6

App Integration, Recording, Scraping, Selector, Workflow Activities. Recording mouse and keyboard
actions to perform operation, Scraping data from website and writing to CSV. Process Mining.

UNIT IV EXCEPTION HANDLING AND CODE MANAGEMENT 6

Exception handling, Common exceptions, Logging- Debugging techniques, Collecting crash dumps,
Error reporting. Code management and maintenance: Project organization, Nesting workflows,
Reusability, Templates, Commenting techniques, State Machine.

UNIT V DEPLOYMENT AND MAINTENANCE 6

Publishing using publish utility, Orchestration Server, Control bots, Orchestration Server to deploy
bots, License management, Publishing and managing updates. RPA Vendors -
Open Source RPA, Future of RPA

30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
Setup and Configure a RPA tool and understand the user interface of the tool:
1. Create a Sequence to obtain user inputs display them using a message box;
2. Create a Flowchart to navigate to a desired page based on a condition;
3. Create a State Machine workflow to compare user input with a random number.
4. Build a process in the RPA platform using UI Automation Activities.
5. Create an automation process using key System Activities, Variables and Arguments
6. Also implement Automation using System Trigger
7. Automate login to (web)Email account
8. Recording mouse and keyboard actions.
9. Scraping data from website and writing to CSV
10. Implement Error Handling in RPA platform
160
11. Web Scraping
12. Email Query Processing

TOTAL:60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
By the end of this course, the students will be able to:
 Enunciate the key distinctions between RPA and existing automation techniques
and platforms.
 Use UiPath to design control flows and work flows for the target process
 Implement recording, web scraping andprocess mining by automation
 Use UIPath Studio to detect, and handle exceptions in automation processes
 Implement and use Orchestrator for creation, monitoring, scheduling, and
controlling of automated bots and processes.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Learning Robotic Process Automation: Create Software robots and automate business
processes with the leading RPA tool - UiPath by Alok Mani Tripathi, Packt Publishing, 2018.
2. 2. Tom Taulli , “The Robotic Process Automation Handbook: A Guide to Implementing
RPA Systems”, Apress publications, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Frank Casale (Author), Rebecca Dilla (Author), Heidi Jaynes (Author), Lauren Livingston
(Author), Introduction to Robotic Process Automation: a Primer, Institute of Robotic Process
Automation, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2018

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 3 3 2 2 2 1
2 1 1 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
3 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 1 3 3 3
4 1 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 1 3 2 1
AVG 2 2.2 2 2.4 2.8 - - - 1.6 2.2 1.8 1.6 2.8 2.4 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

161
221AIDC66C NEURAL NETWORKS AND DEEP LEARNING L T PC
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the basics in deep neural networks
 To understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks
 To apply CNN architectures of deep neural networks
 To analyze the key computations underlying deep learning, then use them to build and train
deep neural networks for various tasks.
 To apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Neural Networks-Application Scope of Neural Networks-Artificial Neural Network: An Introduction-
Evolution of Neural Networks-Basic Models of Artificial Neural Network- Important Terminologies of
ANNs-Supervised Learning Network.

UNIT II ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING NETWORKS 6

Training Algorithms for Pattern Association-Autoassociative Memory Network-Heteroassociative
Memory Network-Bidirectional Associative Memory (BAM)-Hopfield Networks-Iterative
Autoassociative Memory Networks-Temporal Associative Memory Network-Fixed Weight
Competitive Nets-Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps-Learning Vector Quantization-Counter
propagation Networks-Adaptive Resonance Theory Network.
UNIT III THIRD-GENERATION NEURAL NETWORKS 6
Spiking Neural Networks-Convolutional Neural Networks-Deep Learning Neural Networks-Extreme
Learning Machine Model-Convolutional Neural Networks: The Convolution Operation – Motivation –
Pooling – Variants of the basic Convolution Function – Structured Outputs – Data Types – Efficient
Convolution Algorithms – Neuroscientific Basis – Applications: Computer Vision, Image Generation,
Image Compression.

UNIT IV DEEP FEEDFORWARD NETWORKS 6

History of Deep Learning- A Probabilistic Theory of Deep Learning- Gradient Learning – Chain Rule
and Backpropagation - Regularization: Dataset Augmentation – Noise Robustness -Early Stopping,
Bagging and Dropout - batch normalization- VC Dimension and Neural Nets.
UNIT V RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS
Recurrent Neural Networks: Introduction – Recursive Neural Networks – Bidirectional RNNs – Deep
Recurrent Networks – Applications: Image Generation, Image Compression, Natural Language
Processing. Complete Auto encoder, Regularized Autoencoder, Stochastic Encoders and Decoders,
Contractive Encoders.

30 PERIODS
LAB EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement simple vector addition in TensorFlow.
2. Implement a regression model in Keras.
3. Implement a perceptron in TensorFlow/Keras Environment.
4. Implement a Feed-Forward Network in TensorFlow/Keras.
5. Implement an Image Classifier using CNN in TensorFlow/Keras.
6. Improve the Deep learning model by fine tuning hyper parameters.
7. Implement a Transfer Learning concept in Image Classification.
8. Using a pre trained model on Keras for Transfer Learning
162
 9. Perform Sentiment Analysis using RNN
10. Implement an LSTM based Autoencoder in TensorFlow/Keras.
11. Image generation using GAN
Additional Experiments:
12. Train a Deep learning model to classify a given image using pre trained model
13. Recommendation system from sales data using Deep Learning
14. Implement Object Detection using CNN
15. Implement any simple Reinforcement Algorithm for an NLP problem
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Apply Convolution Neural Network for image processing.
CO2: Understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks.
CO3: Apply CNN and its variants for suitable applications.
CO4: Analyze the key computations underlying deep learning and use them to build and train deep
neural networks for various tasks.
CO5: Apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
2. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Second Edition, Manning Publications,
2021.
REFERENCES:
1. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow”, Oreilly,
2018.
2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly Media,
2017.
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook”, Springer
International Publishing, 1st Edition, 2018.
4. Learn Keras for Deep Neural Networks, Jojo Moolayil, Apress,2018
5. Deep Learning Projects Using TensorFlow 2, Vinita Silaparasetty, Apress, 2020
6. Deep Learning with Python, FRANÇOIS CHOLLET, MANNING SHELTER ISLAND,2017.
7. S Rajasekaran, G A Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, FuzzyLogic and Genetic
Algorithm, Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Learning, 2017.
8. Pro Deep Learning with TensorFlow, Santanu Pattanayak, Apress,2017
9. James A Freeman, David M S Kapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications, and
Programming Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 2003.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 2 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
2 3 1 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 2 - 1 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - 2 3 2 2 2
5 1 1 3 2 3 - - - 2 - - - 1 1 -
AVg. 2.6 2 2.8 2.2 2.4 0.4 0 0 1.6 0.6 0.8 1 1.4 1.6 0.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation
163
221AIDC66D CYBER SECURITY LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn cybercrime and cyberlaw.
 To understand the cyber attacks and tools for mitigating them.
 To understand information gathering.
 To learn how to detect a cyber attack.
 To learn how to prevent a cyber attack.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Cyber Security – History of Internet – Impact of Internet – CIA Triad; Reason for Cyber Crime – Need
for Cyber Security – History of Cyber Crime; Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes – A Global
Perspective on Cyber Crimes; Cyber Laws – The Indian IT Act – Cybercrime and Punishment.

UNIT II ATTACKS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6

OSWAP; Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-Attacks – Security Breach –
Types of Malicious Attacks – Malicious Software – Common Attack Vectors – Social engineering
Attack – Wireless Network Attack – Web Application Attack – Attack Tools – Countermeasures.

UNIT III RECONNAISSANCE 5

Harvester – Whois – Netcraft – Host – Extracting Information from DNS – Extracting Information from
E-mail Servers – Social Engineering Reconnaissance; Scanning – Port Scanning – Network
Scanning and Vulnerability Scanning – Scanning Methodology – Ping Sweer Techniques – Nmap
Command Switches – SYN – Stealth – XMAS – NULL – IDLE – FIN Scans – Banner Grabbing and
OS Finger printing Techniques.

UNIT IV INTRUSION DETECTION 5

Host -Based Intrusion Detection – Network -Based Intrusion Detection – Distributed or Hybrid
Intrusion Detection – Intrusion Detection Exchange Format – Honeypots – Example System Snort.

UNIT V INTRUSION PREVENTION 5

Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Systems: Need for Firewalls – Firewall Characteristics and Access
Policy – Types of Firewalls – Firewall Basing – Firewall Location and Configurations – Intrusion
Prevention Systems – Example Unified Threat Management Products.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install Kali Linux on Virtual box
2. Explore Kali Linux and bash scripting
3. Perform open source intelligence gathering using Netcraft, Whois Lookups, DNS
Reconnaissance, Harvester and Maltego
4. Understand the nmap command d and scan a target using nmap
5. Install metasploitable2 on the virtual box and search for unpatched vulnerabilities
6. Use Metasploit to exploit an unpatched vulnerability
7. Install Linus server on the virtual box and install ssh
8. Use Fail2banto scan log files and ban Ips that show the malicious signs
9. Launch brute-force attacks on the Linux server using Hydra.
10. Perform real-time network traffic analysis and data pocket logging using Snort
164
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Explain the basics of cyber security, cyber crime and cyber law (K2)
CO2: Classify various types of attacks and learn the tools to launch the attacks (K2)
CO3 Apply various tools to perform information gathering (K3)
CO4: Apply intrusion techniques to detect intrusion (K3)
CO5: Apply intrusion prevention techniques to prevent intrusion (K3)
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Anand Shinde, “Introduction to Cyber Security Guide to the World of Cyber Security”, Notion
Press, 2021 (Unit 1)
2. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer
Forensics and Legal Perspectives”, Wiley Publishers, 2011 (Unit 1)
3. https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/
REFERENCES
1. David Kim, Michael G. Solomon, “Fundamentals of Information Systems Security”, Jones &
Bartlett Learning Publishers, 2013 (Unit 2)
2. Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing: Ethical Hacking and
Penetration Testing Made easy”, Elsevier, 2011 (Unit 3)
3. Kimberly Graves, “CEH Official Certified Ethical hacker Review Guide”, Wiley Publishers,
2007 (Unit 3)
4. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, “Computer Security Principles and Practice”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2015 (Units 4 and 5)
5. Georgia Weidman, “Penetration Testing: A Hands-On Introduction to Hacking”, No Starch
Press, 2014 (Lab)
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 2
2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 1
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - - 3 2 2
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - - 1 3 2
5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 1 3 3
AVG 3 2.6 2.4 2.6 1 2.4 1.8 2.8 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

165
 221AIDC66E QUANTUM COMPUTING LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To know the background of classical computing and quantum computing.
 To learn the fundamental concepts behind quantum computation.
 To study the details of quantum mechanics and its relation to Computer Science.
 To gain knowledge about the basic hardware and mathematical models of quantum
computation.
 To learn the basics of quantum information and the theory behind it.

UNIT I QUANTUM COMPUTING BASIC CONCEPTS 6

Complex Numbers - Linear Algebra - Matrices and Operators - Global Perspectives Postulates of
Quantum Mechanics – Quantum Bits - Representations of Qubits - Superpositions

UNIT II QUANTUM GATES AND CIRCUITS 5

Universal logic gates - Basic single qubit gates - Multiple qubit gates - Circuit development - Quantum
error correction
UNIT III QUANTUM ALGORITHMS 7
Quantum parallelism - Deutsch’s algorithm - The Deutsch–Jozsa algorithm - Quantum Fourier
transform and its applications - Quantum Search Algorithms: Grover’s Algorithm

UNIT IV QUANTUM INFORMATION THEORY 6

Data compression - Shannon’s noiseless channel coding theorem - Schumacher’s quantum
noiseless channel coding theorem - Classical information over noisy quantum channels

UNIT V QUANTUM CRYPTOGRAPHY 6

Classical cryptography basic concepts - Private key cryptography - Shor’s Factoring Algorithm -
Quantum Key Distribution - BB84 - Ekart 91
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Single qubit gate simulation - Quantum Composer
2. Multiple qubit gate simulation - Quantum Composer
3. Composing simple quantum circuits with q-gates and measuring the output into classical
bits.
4. IBM Qiskit Platform Introduction
5. Implementation of Shor’s Algorithms
6. Implementation of Grover’s Algorithm
7. Implementation of Deutsch’s Algorithm
8. Implementation of Deutsch-Jozsa’s Algorithm
9. Integer factorization using Shor’s Algorithm
10. QKD Simulation
11. Mini Project such as implementing an API for efficient search using Grover’s Algorithms or
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of quantum computing.
CO2: Understand the background of Quantum Mechanics.
CO3: Analyze the computation models.
CO4: Model the circuits using quantum computation.
166
 environments and frameworks.
CO5: Understand the quantum operations such as noise and error–correction.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Parag K Lala, Mc Graw Hill Education, “Quantum Computing, A Beginners Introduction”, First
edition (1 November 2020).
2. Michael A. Nielsen, Issac L. Chuang, “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”, Tenth
Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
3. Chris Bernhardt, The MIT Press; Reprint edition (8 September 2020), “Quantum Computing for
Everyone”.
REFERENCES
1. Scott Aaronson, “Quantum Computing Since Democritus”, Cambridge University Press, 2013.
2. N. David Mermin, “Quantum Computer Science: An Introduction”, Cambridge University
Press, 2007.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 2
2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 1
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - - 3 2 2
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - - 1 3 2
5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 1 3 3
AVG 3 2.6 2.4 2.6 1 2.4 1.8 2.8 2
2. 1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

167
 221AIDC66H 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN LTPC
2023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To discuss on basics of 3D printing
To explain the principles of 3D printing technique
 To explain and illustrate inkjet technology
 To explain and illustrate laser technology
 To discuss the applications of 3D printing

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction; Design considerations – Material, Size, Resolution, Process; Modelling and viewing -
3D; Scanning; Model preparation – Digital; Slicing; Software; File formats

UNIT II PRINCIPLE 6
Processes – Extrusion, Wire, Granular, Lamination, Photopolymerisation; Materials - Paper, Plastics,
Metals, Ceramics, Glass, Wood, Fiber, Sand, Biological Tissues, Hydrogels, Graphene; Material
Selection - Processes, applications, limitations;

UNIT III INKJET TECHNOLOGY 6

Printer - Working Principle, Positioning System, Print head, Print bed, Frames, Motion control; Print
head Considerations – Continuous Inkjet, Thermal Inkjet, Piezoelectric Drop-On-Demand; Material
Formulation for jetting; Liquid based fabrication – Continous jet, Mulitjet; Powder based fabrication
– Colourjet.

UNIT IV LASER TECHNOLOGY 6

Light Sources – Types, Characteristics; Optics – Deflection, Modulation; Material feeding and flow
– Liquid, powder; Printing machines – Types, Working Principle, Build Platform, Print bed
Movement, Support structures;

UNIT V INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 6

Product Models, manufacturing – Printed electronics, Biopolymers, Packaging, Healthcare, Food,
Medical, Biotechnology, Displays; Future trends;
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Study the interface and basic tools in the CAD software.
2. Study 3D printer(s) including print heads, build envelope, materials used and related
support removal system(s).
3. Review of geometry terms of a 3D mesh.
4. Commands for moving from 2D to 3D.
5. Advanced CAD commands to navigate models in 3D space
6. Design any four everyday objects
Refer to web sites like Thingiverse, Shapeways and GitFab to design four everyday objects that
utilize the advantages of 3D printing
. Choose four models from a sharing site like Thingiverse, Shapeways or Gitfab.
a. Improve upon a file and make it your own. Some ideas include:
• Redesign it with a specific user in mind
• Redesign it for a slightly different purpose
• Improve the look of the product
168
 7. Use the CAM software to prepare files for 3D printing.
8. Manipulate machine movement and material layering.
9. Repair a 3D mesh using
a) Freeware utilities: Autodesk MeshMixer (http://goo.gl/x5nhYc), MeshLab (http://goo.gl/fgztLl) or
Netfabb Basic or Cloud Service (http://goo.gl/Q1P47a)
b) Freeware tool tutorials: Netfabb Basic or Cloud Service (http://goo.gl/Q1P47a), Netfabb and
MeshLab (http://goo.gl/WPOVec)
c) Professional tools: Magics or Netfabb
Equipment : one 3D printer for every 10-15 students

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Outline and examine the basic concepts of 3D printing technology
CO2: Outline 3D printing workflow`
CO3 Explain and categorise the concepts and working principles of 3D printing using inkjet
technique
CO4: Explain and categorise the working principles of 3D printing using laser technique
CO5: Explain various method for designing and modeling for industrial applications
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Christopher Barnatt, 3D Printing: The Next Industrial Revolution, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2013.
2. Ian M. Hutchings, Graham D. Martin, Inkjet Technology for Digital Fabrication, John Wiley &
Sons, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Chua, C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications, second
edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2010
2. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD CAM Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., 2007
3. Joan Horvath, Mastering 3D Printing, APress, 2014

4. Leandro N De Castro, Fernando J Von Zuben,“Recent Developments in BiologicallyInspired

Computing”, Idea Group Inc., 2005.
5. Albert Y.Zomaya, "Handbook of Nature-Inspired and Innovative Computing", Springer, 2006.
6. C. Ebelhart et al., “Swarm Intelligence”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2001.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 2 2 3 1 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 1
2 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 3 2 3 2 2
3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 2
4 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 3 1
5 1 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 3
AVG 1.8 2 2.4 2.4 2.8 2 - - 2.4 - 2.4 2.2 3 2.4 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

169
22AIDC64H OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES LTPC
2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
• Formulate and solve linear programming problems (LPP)
• Evaluate Integer Programming Problems, Transportation and Assignment Problems.
• Obtain a solution to network problems using CPM and PERT techniques.
• Able to optimize the function subject to the constraints.
• Identify and solve problems under Markovian queuing models.

UNIT I LINEAR MODELS 6

Introduction of Operations Research - mathematical formulation of LPP- Graphical Methods to solve
LPP- Simplex Method- Two-Phase method
UNIT II INTEGER PROGRAMMING AND TRANSPORTATION PROBLEMS 6
Integer programming: Branch and bound method- Transportation and Assignment problems -
Traveling salesman problem.

UNIT III PROJECT SCHEDULING 6

Project network -Diagram representation – Floats - Critical path method (CPM) – PERT- Cost
considerations in PERT and CPM

UNIT IV CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION THEORY 6

Unconstrained problems – necessary and sufficient conditions - Newton-Raphson method,
Constrained problems – equality constraints – inequality constraints - Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

UNIT V QUEUING MODELS 6

Introduction, Queuing Theory, Operating characteristics of a Queuing system, Constituents of a
Queuing system, Service facility, Queue discipline, Single channel models, multiple service channel

30 PERIODS
PRACTICALS
1. Solving simplex maximization problems using R programming.
2. Solving simplex minimization problems using R programming.
3. Solving mixed constraints problems – Big M & Two phase method using TORA.
4. Solving transportation problems using R.
5. Solving assignment problems using R.
6. Solving optimization problems using LINGO.
7. Studying Primal-Dual relationships in LP using TORA.
8. Solving LP problems using dual simplex method using TORA.
9. Sensitivity & post optimality analysis using LINGO.
10. Solving shortest route problems using optimization software
11. Solving Project Management problems using optimization software
12. Testing random numbers and random variates for their uniformity.
13. Testing random numbers and random variates for their independence
14. Solve single server queuing model using simulation software package.
15. Solve multi server queuing model using simulation software package.
30 PERIODS
170
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will able to
CO1:Formulate and solve linear programming problems (LPP)
CO2:Evaluate Integer Programming Problems, Transportation and Assignment Problems.
CO3:Obtain a solution to network problems using CPM and PERT techniques.
CO4:Able to optimize the function subject to the constraints.
CO5:Identify and solve problems under Markovian queuing models
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Hamdy A Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Pearson, 10th Edition, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. ND Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2011.
2. J. K. Sharma, Operations Research Theory and Applications, Macmillan, 5th Edition, 2012.
3. Hiller F.S, Liberman G.J, Introduction to Operations Research, 10th Edition McGraw Hill, 2017.
4. Jit. S. Chandran, Mahendran P. Kawatra, KiHoKim, Essentials of Linear Programming, Vikas
Publishing House Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 1994.

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
2 3 1 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 1 2 1 1
3 2 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 1 3 1
4 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 2 1 3 1 2 1 2
5 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 3 2 1
AVG 2.4 2 1.8 1.8 2.2 - - - 2.6 2 1.8 2 2.2 2 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

171
221AIDC623C ETHICS AND AI LT PC
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Study the morality and ethics in AI
• Learn about the Ethical initiatives in the field of artificial intelligence
• Study about AI standards and Regulations
• Study about social and ethical issues of Robot Ethics
• Study about AI and Ethics- challenges and opportunities
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Definition of morality and ethics in AI-Impact on society-Impact on human psychology-Impact on the
legal system-Impact on the environment and the planet-Impact on trust
UNIT II ETHICAL INITIATIVES IN AI 6
International ethical initiatives-Ethical harms and concerns-Case study: healthcare robots,
Autonomous Vehicles , Warfare and weaponization.

UNIT III AI STANDARDS AND REGULATION 6

Model Process for Addressing Ethical Concerns During System Design - Transparency of
Autonomous Systems-Data Privacy Process- Algorithmic Bias Considerations - Ontological
Standard for Ethically Driven Robotics and Automation Systems

UNIT IV ROBOETHICS: SOCIAL AND ETHICAL IMPLICATION OF ROBOTICS 6

Robot-Roboethics- Ethics and Morality- Moral Theories-Ethics in Science and Technology - Ethical
Issues in an ICT Society- Harmonization of Principles- Ethics and Professional Responsibility-
Roboethics Taxonomy.

UNIT V AI AND ETHICS- CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES 6

Challenges - Opportunities- ethical issues in artificial intelligence- Societal Issues Concerning the
Application of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine- decision-making role in industries-National and
International Strategies on AI.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1:Learn about morality and ethics in AI
CO2:Acquire the knowledge of real time application ethics, issues and its challenges.
CO3:Understand the ethical harms and ethical initiatives in AI
CO4:Learn about AI standards and Regulations like AI Agent, Safe Design of Autonomous and
Semi-Autonomous Systems
CO5:Understand the concepts of Roboethics and Morality with professional responsibilities.
CO6:Learn about the societal issues in AI with National and International Strategies on AI

PRACTICAL EXERCISES
7. Recent case study of ethical initiatives in healthcare, autonomous vehicles and defense
8. Exploratory data analysis on a 2 variable linear regression model
9. Experiment the regression model without a bias and with bias
10. Classification of a dataset from UCI repository using a perceptron with and without bias
11. Case study on ontology where ethics is at stake
172
 12. Identification on optimization in AI affecting ethics

30 PERIODS
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
3. y. Eleanor Bird, Jasmin Fox-Skelly, Nicola Jenner, Ruth Larbey, Emma Weitkamp and Alan
Winfield ,”The ethics of artificial intelligence: Issues and initiatives”, EPRS | European
Parliamentary Research Service Scientific Foresight Unit (STOA) PE 634.452 – March 2020
4. Patrick Lin, Keith Abney, George A Bekey,” Robot Ethics: The Ethical and Social Implications
of Robotics”, The MIT Press- January 2014.
REFERENCES:
3. Towards a Code of Ethics for Artificial Intelligence (Artificial Intelligence: Foundations,
Theory, and Algorithms) by Paula Boddington, November 2017
4. Mark Coeckelbergh,” AI Ethics”, The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, April 2020

WEB LINK:
1. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1007/978-3-540-30301-5_65
4. https://www.scu.edu/ethics/all-about-ethics/artificial-intelligence-and-ethics-sixteen-
challenges-and-opportunities/

5. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/10/top-10-ethical-issues-in-artificial-intelligence/
4. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1159/000492428

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 1
2 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 3 1
3 2 3 1 1 3 - - - 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
4 3 1 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 1 2 1 3
5 3 1 1 3 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 1 3 3
AVG 2.6 1.6 1.8 2.4 2 - - - 1.6 2 1.8 1.6 2.4 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

173
 SOFT CORE – MANAGEMENT

22160E75A PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Sketch the Evolution of Management.
 Extract the functions and principles of management.
 Learn the application of the principles in an organization.
 Study the various HR related activities.
 Analyze the position of self and company goals towards business.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONS 9

Definition of Management – Science or Art – Manager Vs Entrepreneur- types of managers-
managerial roles and skills – Evolution of Management –Scientific, human relations, system and
contingency approaches– Types of Business organization- Sole proprietorship, partnership,
company-public and private sector enterprises- Organization culture and Environment – Current
trends and issues in Management.

UNIT II PLANNING 9
Nature and purpose of planning – Planning process – Types of planning – Objectives – Setting
objectives – Policies – Planning premises – Strategic Management – Planning Tools and
Techniques – Decision making steps and process.

UNIT III ORGANISING 9

Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – Organization chart – Organization
structure – Types – Line and staff authority – Departmentalization – delegation of authority –
Centralization and decentralization – Job Design - Human Resource Management – HR Planning,
Recruitment, selection, Training and Development, Performance Management, Career planning
and management.

UNIT IV DIRECTING 9
Foundations of individual and group behaviour– Motivation – Motivation theories – Motivational
techniques – Job satisfaction – Job enrichment – Leadership – types and theories of leadership –
Communication – Process of communication – Barrier in communication – Effective
communication – Communication and IT.

UNIT V CONTROLLING 9
System and process of controlling – Budgetary and non - Budgetary control techniques – Use of
computers and IT in Management control – Productivity problems and management – Control and
performance – Direct and preventive control – Reporting.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to have clear understanding of
managerial functions like planning, organizing, staffing, leading & controlling.
CO2: Have same basic knowledge on international aspect of management.
CO3: Ability to understand management concept of organizing.
CO4: Ability to understand management concept of directing.
174
CO5: Ability to understand management concept of controlling.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Essentials of management” Tata McGraw Hill,1998.
2. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “ Management”, Prentice Hall (India)Pvt. Ltd.,
10th Edition, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Robert Kreitner and MamataMohapatra, “ Management”, Biztantra, 2008.
2. Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter, “Fundamentals of
Management” Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
3. Tripathy PC and Reddy PN, “Principles of Management”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 199
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 - - - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1
2 - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 1 -
3 1 - 2 - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 - - 2
4 - 1 1 1 2 - - 1 2 - - - 1 1 1
5 1 - - 1 1 - - - 3 - 1 1 - 1
AVg. 1.66 1 1 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1.5 1 1.25
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

22160E75B TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT LT PC

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
  Teach the need for quality, its evolution, basic concepts, contribution of quality gurus,
TQMframework, Barriers and Benefits of TQM.
 Explain the TQM Principles for application.
 Define the basics of Six Sigma and apply Traditional tools, New tools, Benchmarking
andFMEA.
 Describe Taguchi's Quality Loss Function, Performance Measures and apply
Techniqueslike QFD, TPM, COQ and BPR.
 Illustrate and apply QMS and EMS in any organization.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction - Need for quality - Evolution of quality - Definition of quality - Dimensions of product and
service quality –Definition of TQM-- Basic concepts of TQM - Gurus of TQM (Brief introduction)
-- TQM Framework- Barriers to TQM –Benefits of TQM.

UNIT II TQM PRINCIPLES 9

Leadership - Deming Philosophy, Quality Council, Quality statements and Strategic planning-
Customer Satisfaction –Customer Perception of Quality, Feedback, Customer complaints, Service
Quality, Kano Model and Customer retention – Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment,
Team and Teamwork, Recognition & Reward and Performance Appraisal-- Continuous process
improvement –Juran Trilogy, PDSA cycle, 5S and Kaizen - Supplier partnership – Partnering,
Supplier selection, Supplier Rating and Relationship development.

UNIT III TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES I 9

The seven traditional tools of quality - New management tools - Six-sigma Process Capability- Bench
marking - Reasons to benchmark, Benchmarking process, What to Bench Mark, Understanding
Current Performance, Planning, Studying Others, Learning from the data, Using the findings, Pitfalls
and Criticisms of Benchmarking - FMEA - Intent , Documentation, Stages: Design FMEA and Process
FMEA.

UNIT IV TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES II 9

Quality circles – Quality Function Deployment (QFD) - Taguchi quality loss function – TPM –
Concepts, improvement needs – Performance measures- Cost of Quality - BPR.

UNIT V QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 9

Introduction-Benefits of ISO Registration-ISO 9000 Series of Standards-Sector-Specific Standards
- AS 9100, TS16949 and TL 9000-- ISO 9001 Requirements-Implementation-Documentation-
Internal Audits-Registration-ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Introduction—ISO 14000
Series Standards—Concepts of ISO 14001—Requirements of ISO 14001-Benefits of EMS.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Ability to apply TQM concepts in a selected enterprise.
CO2: Ability to apply TQM principles in a selected enterprise.
CO3: Ability to understand Six Sigma and apply Traditional tools, New tools,
Benchmarking andFMEA.
CO4: Ability to understand Taguchi's Quality Loss Function, Performance Measures and
apply QFD, TPM, COQ and BPR.
CO5: Ability to apply QMS and EMS in any organization.
TEXT BOOK:

1. Dale H.Besterfiled, Carol B.Michna,Glen H. Bester field,MaryB.Sacre, HemantUrdhwareshe and

RashmiUrdhwareshe, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, RevisedThird
Edition, Indian Reprint, Sixth Impression,2013.REFERENCES:
1. Joel.E. Ross, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”,Routledge.,2017.
2. Kiran.D.R, “Total Quality Management: Key concepts and case studies, Butterworth –
Heinemann Ltd, 2016.
3. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third
Edition,2003.
4. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd.,2006 .
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 3
2 3 3 2
3 3 3 2 3
4 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 2
AVg. 2.5 3 3 2.6 3 16 52 3 3 2.5 2 3
 22154OE73B INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To study the basic concepts of management; approaches to management; contributors

to management studies; various forms of business organization and trade unions functionin
professional organizations.
 To study the planning; organizing and staffing functions of management in
professionalorganization.
 To study the leading; controlling and decision making functions of management in
professional organization.
 To learn the organizational theory in professional organization.
 To learn the principles of productivity and modern concepts in management in professional
organization.

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 9

Management: Introduction; Definition and Functions – Approaches to the study of Management –
Mintzberg’s Ten Managerial Roles – Principles of Taylor; Fayol; Weber; Parker – Forms of Organization:
Sole Proprietorship; Partnership; Company (Private and Public); Cooperative – Public Sector Vs Private
Sector Organization – Business Environment: Economic; Social; Political; Legal – Trade Union:Definition;
Functions; Merits & Demerits.

UNIT – II FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT - I 9

Planning: Characteristics; Nature; Importance; Steps; Limitation; Planning Premises; Strategic Planning;
Vision & Mission statement in Planning– Organizing: Organizing Theory; Principles; Types;
Departmentalization; Centralization and Decentralization; Authority & Responsibility – Staffing: Systems
Approach; Recruiting and Selection Process; Human Resource Development (HRD) Concept and Design.

UNIT – III FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT - II 9

Directing (Leading): Leadership Traits; Style; Morale; Managerial Grids (Blake-Mounton, Reddin) –
Communication: Purpose; Model; Barriers – Controlling: Process; Types; Levels; Guidelines; Audit
(External, Internal, Merits); Preventive Control – Decision Making: Elements; Characteristics; Nature;
Process; Classifications.

UNIT – IV ORGANIZATION THEORY 9

Organizational Conflict: Positive Aspects; Individual; Role; Interpersonal; Intra Group; Inter Group;
Conflict Management – Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory; Herzberg’s motivation-hygiene theory;
McClelland’s three needs motivation theory; Vroom’s valence-expectancy theory – Change
Management: Concept of Change; Lewin’s Process of Change Model; Sources of Resistance;
Overcoming Resistance; Guidelines to managing Conflict.

UNIT – V PRODUCTIVITY AND MODERN TOPICS 9

Productivity: Concept; Measurements; Affecting Factors; Methods to Improve – Modern Topics
(concept,feature/characteristics, procedure, merits and demerits): Business Process Reengineering
(BPR); Benchmarking; SWOT/SWOC Analysis; Total Productive Maintenance; Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP); Management of Information Systems (MIS).
166
 TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students would be able to
CO1 Explain basic concepts of management; approaches to management; contributors to
management studies; various forms of business organization and trade unions function
inprofessional organizations.
CO2 Discuss the planning; organizing and staffing functions of management in professional
organization.
CO3 Apply the leading; controlling and decision making functions of management in professional
organization.
CO4 Discuss the organizational theory in professional organization.
CO5 Apply principles of productivity and modern concepts in management in professional
organization.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. M. Govindarajan and S. Natarajan, “Principles of Management”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2009.
2. Koontz. H. and Weihrich. H., “Essentials of Management: An International Perspective”, 8th
Edition, Tata McGrawhill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph J, Massie, “Essentials of Management”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 1987.
2. Saxena, P. K., “Principles of Management: A Modern Approach”, Global India
Publications, 2009.
3. S.Chandran, “Organizational Behaviours”, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1994.
4. Richard L. Daft, “Organization Theory and Design”, South Western College Publishing, 11th
Edition, 2012.
5. S. TrevisCerto, “Modern Management Concepts and Skills”, Pearson Education, 2018.

167
 MANDATORY COURSES I

22147MC57A INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN AND GENDER STUDIES LTPC

3 000

COURSE OUTLINE

UNIT I CONCEPTS
Sex vs. Gender, masculinity, femininity, socialization, patriarchy, public/ private, essentialism,
binaryism, power, hegemony, hierarchy, stereotype, gender roles, gender relation, deconstruction,
resistance, sexual division of labour.

UNIT II FEMINIST THEORY

Liberal, Marxist, Socialist, Radical, Psychoanalytic, postmodernist, ecofeminist.

UNIT III WOMEN’S MOVEMENTS: GLOBAL, NATIONAL AND LOCAL

Rise of Feminism in Europe and America.
Women’s Movement in India.

UNIT IV GENDER AND LANGUAGE

Linguistic Forms and Gender.
Gender and narratives.

UNIT V GENDER AND REPRESENTATION

Advertising and popular visual media.

Gender and Representation in Alternative Media.

Gender and social media.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

168
22147MC57B ELEMENTS OF LITERATURE LTPC
3 000

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
 To make the students aware about the finer sensibilities of human existence through an art
form. The students will learn to appreciate different forms of literature as suitable modes of
expressing human experience.

1. COURSE CONTENTS

Introduction to Elements of Literature

1. Relevance of literature

a) Enhances Reading, thinking, discussing and writing skills.

b) Develops finer sensibility for better human relationship.
Increases understanding of the problem of humanity without bias.
c) Providing space to reconcile and get a cathartic effect.

2. Elements of fiction

a) Fiction, fact and literary truth.

b) Fictional modes and patterns.

c) Plot character and perspective.

3. Elements of poetry

a) Emotions and imaginations.

b) Figurative language.

c) (Simile, metaphor, conceit, symbol, pun and irony).

d) Personification and animation.

e) Rhetoric and trend.
4. Elements of drama
a) Drama as representational art.

b) Content mode and elements.

c) Theatrical performance.

d) Drama as narration, mediation and persuasion.

e) Features of tragedy, comedy and satire.

3. READINGS:

1. An Introduction to the Study of English Literature, W.H. Hudson, Atlantic, 2007.

169
2. An Introduction to Literary Studies, Mario Klarer, Routledge, 2013.

3. The Experience of Poetry, Graham Mode, Open college of Arts with Open Unv Press,
1991.

4. The Elements of Fiction: A Survey, Ulf Wolf (ed), Wolfstuff, 2114.

5. The Elements of Drama, J.L.Styan, Literary Licensing, 2011.
3.1 Textbook:

3.2 *Reference Books:: To be decided by the teacher and student, on the basis of individual
student so as to enable him or her to write the term paper.

4. OTHER SESSION:

4.1 *Laboratory:

4.2 *Project: The students will write a term paper to show their understanding of a particular piece of
literature

5. *ASSESSMENT:

5.1 HA:

5.2 Quizzes-HA:

5.3 Periodical Examination: one

5.4 Project/Lab: one (under the guidance of the teachers the students will take a volume of poetry,
fiction or drama and write a term paper to show their understanding of it in a given context;
sociological, psychological, historical, autobiographical etc.

5.5 Final Exam:

TOTAL : 45 PER

170
22147MC57C FILM APPRECIATION LTPC
3 0 00
In this course on film appreciation, the students will be introduced broadly to the development of film
as an art and entertainment form. It will also discuss the language of cinema as it evolved over a
century. The students will be taught as to how to read a film and appreciate the various nuances of
a film as a text. The students will be guided to study film joyfully.

Theme - A: The Component of Films

A-1: The material and equipment

A-2: The story, screenplay and script
A-3: The actors, crew members, and the director
A-4: The process of film making… structure of a film

Theme - B: Evolution of Film Language

B-1: Film language, form, movement etc.

B-2: Early cinema… silent film (Particularly French)
B-3: The emergence of feature films: Birth of a Nation
B-4: Talkies

Theme - C: Film Theories and Criticism/Appreciation

C-1: Realist theory; Auteurists

C-2: Psychoanalytic, Ideological, Feminists
C-3: How to read films?
C-4: Film Criticism / Appreciation
Theme – D: Development of Films

D-1: Representative Soviet films

D-2: Representative Japanese films
D-3: Representative Italian films
D-4: Representative Hollywood film and the studio system

Theme - E: Indian Films

E-1: The early era

E-2: The important films made by the directors
E-3: The regional films
E-4: The documentaries in India

READING:

A Reader containing important articles on films will be prepared and given to the students. The
students must read them and present in the class and have discussion on these.

171
22147MC57D DISASTER MANAGEMENT LTPC
300 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To impart knowledge on concepts related to disaster, disaster risk reduction, disaster
management
 To acquaint with the skills for planning and organizing disaster response

UNIT I HAZRADS, VULNERABILITY AND DISASTER RISKS 9

Definition: Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability, Resilience, Risks – Types of Disasters: Natural, Human
induced, Climate change induced –Earthquake, Landslide, Flood, Drought, Fire etc – Technological
disasters- Structural collapse, Industrial accidents, oil spills -Causes, Impacts including social,
Economic, political, environmental, health, psychosocial, etc.- Disaster vulnerability profile of India
and Tamil Nadu - Global trends in disasters: urban disasters, pandemics, Complex emergencies, -
-, Inter relations between Disasters and Sustainable development Goals

UNIT II DISASTER RISK REDUCTION (DRR) 9

Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, Disaster cycle - Phases, Culture of safety,
prevention, mitigation and preparedness community Based DRR, Structural- nonstructural
measures, Roles and responsibilities of- community, Panchayati Raj Institutions / Urban Local Bodies
(PRIs/ULBs), States, Centre, and other stakeholders- Early Warning System – Advisories from
Appropriate Agencies.- Relevance of indigenous Knowledge, appropriate technology and Local
resources.

UNIT III DISASTER MANAGEMENT 9

Components of Disaster Management – Preparedness of rescue and relief, mitigation, rehabilitation
and reconstruction- Disaster Risk Management and post disaster management – Compensation and
Insurance- Disaster Management Act (2005) and Policy - Other related policies, plans, programmers
and legislation - Institutional Processes and Framework at State and Central Level- (NDMA –SDMA-
DDMA-NRDF- Civic Volunteers)

UNIT IV TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGY FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT 9

Early warning systems -Components of Disaster Relief: Water, Food, Sanitation, Shelter, Health,
Waste Management, Institutional arrangements (Mitigation, Response and Preparedness, – Role of
GIS and Information Technology Components in Preparedness, Risk Assessment, Response and
Recovery Phases of Disaster – Disaster Damage Assessment. - Elements of Climate Resilient
Development –Standard operation Procedure for disaster response – Financial planning for disaster
Management

UNIT V DISASTER MANAGEMENT: CASE STUDIES 9

Discussion on selected case studies to analyse the potential impacts and actions in the contest of
disasters-Landslide Hazard Zonation: Earthquake Vulnerability Assessment of Buildings and
Infrastructure: Case Studies, Drought Assessment: Case Studies, Coastal Flooding: Storm Surge
Assessment, Floods: Fluvial and Pluvial Flooding: Case Studies; Forest Fire: Case Studies, Man
Made disasters: Case Studies, Space Based Inputs for Disaster Mitigation and Management and
field works related to disaster management.- Field work-Mock drill -
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1 Taimpo (2016), Disaster Management and Preparedness, CRC Publications
172
2 Singh R (2017), Disaster Management Guidelines for earthquakes, Landslides, Avalanches and
tsunami, Horizon Press Publications
3 Singhal J.P. “Disaster Management”, Laxmi Publications, 2010. ISBN-10: 9380386427 ISBN-
13: 978-9380386423
4 Tushar Bhattacharya, “Disaster Science and Management”, McGraw Hill India
Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012. ISBN-10: 1259007367, ISBN-13: 978-1259007361]

REFERENCES
1. Govt. of India: Disaster Management Act, Government of India, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Government of India, National Disaster Management Policy, 2009.
3. Shaw R (2016), Community based Disaster risk reduction, Oxford University Press

COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1: To impart knowledge on the concepts of Disaster, Vulnerability and Disaster Risk reduction
(DRR)
CO2: To enhance understanding on Hazards, Vulnerability and Disaster Risk Assessment
prevention and risk reduction
CO3: To develop disaster response skills by adopting relevant tools and technology
CO4: Enhance awareness of institutional processes for Disaster response in the country and
CO5: Develop rudimentary ability to respond to their surroundings with potential
Disaster response in areas where they live, with due sensitivity.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - 1
2 3 3 3 3 - - 2 1 - - 2 - 2 - 1
3 3 3 3 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 - 1
4 3 3 2 3 - - 2 1 - - 2 - 2 - 1
5 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 - - 2 - 3 - 1
AVG 3 3 3 3 - - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

173
 MANDATORY COURSES II

22147MC67A WELL-BEING WITH TRADITIONAL PRACTICES-YOGA, AYURVEDA AND

SIDDHA L T PC
3 0 00
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To enjoy life happily with fun filled new style activities that help to maintain health also
 To adapt a few lifestyle changes that will prevent many health disorders
 To be cool and handbill every emotion very smoothly in every walk of life
 To learn to eat cost effective but healthy foods that are rich in essential nutrients
 To develop immunity naturally that will improve resistance against many health disorders

UNIT I HEALTH AND ITS IMPORTANCE 2+4

Health: Definition - Importance of maintaining health - More importance on prevention than

treatment
Ten types of health one has to maintain - Physical health - Mental health - Social health - Financial
health - Emotional health - Spiritual health - Intellectual health - Relationship health - Environmental
health - Occupational/Professional heath.

Present health status - The life expectancy-present status - mortality rate - dreadful diseases - Non-
communicable diseases (NCDs) the leading cause of death - 60% - heart disease – cancer –
diabetes - chronic pulmonary diseases - risk factors – tobacco – alcohol - unhealthy diet - lack of
physical activities.

Types of diseases and disorders - Lifestyle disorders – Obesity – Diabetes - Cardiovascular

diseases – Cancer – Strokes – COPD - Arthritis - Mental health issues.

Causes of the above diseases / disorders - Importance of prevention of illness - Takes care
of health - Improves quality of life - Reduces absenteeism - Increase satisfaction - Saves time

Simple lifestyle modifications to maintain health - Healthy Eating habits (Balanced diet according
to age) Physical Activities (Stretching exercise, aerobics, resisting exercise) - Maintaining BMI-
Importance and actions to be taken

UNIT II DIET 4+6

Role of diet in maintaining health - energy one needs to keep active throughout the day - nutrients
one needs for growth and repair - helps one to stay strong and healthy - helps to prevent diet-related
illness, such as some cancers - keeps active and - helps one to maintain a healthy weight - helps to
reduce risk of developing lifestyle disorders like diabetes – arthritis – hypertension – PCOD –
infertility – ADHD – sleeplessness -helps to reduce the risk of heart diseases - keeps the teeth and
bones strong.

Balanced Diet and its 7 Components - Carbohydrates – Proteins – Fats – Vitamins – Minerals - Fibre
and Water.

174
Food additives and their merits & demerits - Effects of food additives - Types of food additives -
Food additives and processed foods - Food additives and their reactions

Definition of BMI and maintaining it with diet

Importance - Consequences of not maintaining BMI - different steps to maintain optimal BM

Common cooking mistakes

Different cooking methods, merits and demerits of each method

UNIT III ROLE OF AYURVEDA & SIDDHA SYSTEMS IN MAINTAINING HEALTH 4+4
AYUSH systems and their role in maintaining health - preventive aspect of AYUSH - AYUSH as
a soft therapy.
Secrets of traditional healthy living - Traditional Diet and Nutrition - Regimen of Personal and
Social Hygiene - Daily routine (Dinacharya) - Seasonal regimens (Ritucharya) - basic sanitation and
healthy living environment - Sadvritta (good conduct) - for conducive social life.
Principles of Siddha & Ayurveda systems - Macrocosm and Microcosm theory - Pancheekarana
Theory / (Five Element Theory) 96 fundamental Principles - Uyir Thathukkal (Tri-Dosha Theory) -
Udal Thathukkal
Prevention of illness with our traditional system of medicine
Primary Prevention - To decrease the number of new cases of a disorder or illness - Health
promotion/education, and - Specific protective measures - Secondary Prevention - To lower the rate
of established cases of a disorder or illness in the population (prevalence) - Tertiary Prevention - To
decrease the amount of disability associated with an existing disorder.

UNIT IV MENTAL WELLNESS 3+4

Emotional health - Definition and types - Three key elements: the subjective experience - the
physiological response - the behavioral response - Importance of maintaining emotional health - Role
of emotions in daily life -Short term and long term effects of emotional disturbances - Leading a
healthy life with emotions - Practices for emotional health - Recognize how thoughts influence
emotions - Cultivate positive thoughts - Practice self-compassion - Expressing a full range of
emotions.

Stress management - Stress definition - Stress in daily life - How stress affects one’s life - Identifying
the cause of stress - Symptoms of stress - Managing stress (habits, tools, training, professional help)
- Complications of stress mismanagement.

Immunity - Types and importance - Ways to develop immunity

UNIT V YOGA 2+12

Definition and importance of yoga - Types of yoga - How to Choose the Right Kind for individuals
according to their age - The Eight Limbs of Yoga - Simple yogasanas for cure and prevention of
health disorders - What yoga can bring to our life.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nutrition and Dietetics - Ashley Martin, Published by White Word Publications,
New York, NY 10001, USA
2. Yoga for Beginners_ 35 Simple Yoga Poses to Calm Your Mind and Strengthen Your Body,
by Cory Martin, Copyright © 2015 by Althea Press, Berkeley, California
175
 REFERENCES:
1. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE How It Affects Learning, Work,
Relationships, and Our Mental Health, by Moshe Zeidner, Gerald Matthews, and Richard D.
Roberts
2. A Bradford Book, The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, London, England The
Mindful Self-Compassion Workbook, Kristin Neff, Ph.D Christopher Germer, Ph.D,
Published by The Guilford Press A Division of Guilford Publications, Inc.370 Seventh
Avenue, Suite 1200, New York, NY 10001

1. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4799645/
2. Simple lifestyle modifications to maintain health
https://www.niddk.nih.gov/health-information/diet-nutrition/changing-habits-better-
health#:~:text=Make%20your%20new%20healthy%20habit,t%20have%20time%20to%20cook.
3. Read more: https://www.legit.ng/1163909-classes-food-examples-functions.html
4. https://www.yaclass.in/p/science-state-board/class-9/nutrition-and-health-5926
5. Benefits of healthy eating https://www.cdc.gov/nutrition/resources-publications/benefits-of-
healthy-eating.html
6. Food additives https://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/health/conditionsandtreatments/food-
additives
7. BMI https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/nutritionsource/healthy-weight/
https://www.who.int/europe/news-room/fact-sheets/item/a-healthy-lifestyle---who-
recommendations
8. Yoga https://www.healthifyme.com/blog/types-of-yoga/
https://yogamedicine.com/guide-types-yoga-styles/
Ayurveda : https://vikaspedia.in/health/ayush/ayurveda-1/concept-of-healthy-living-in-ayurveda
9. Siddha : http://www.tkdl.res.in/tkdl/langdefault/Siddha/Sid_Siddha_Concepts.asp
10. CAM : https://www.hindawi.com/journals/ecam/2013/376327/
11. Preventive herbs : https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3847409/

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing the course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Learn the importance of different components of health
CO2:Gain confidence to lead a healthy life
CO3:Learn new techniques to prevent lifestyle health disorders
CO4:Understand the importance of diet and workouts in maintaining health

176
22147MC67B HISTORY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA LT PC
3 0 00

UNIT I CONCEPTS AND PERSPECTIVES

Meaning of History
Objectivity, Determinism, Relativism, Causation, Generalization in History; Moral judgment in history
Extent of subjectivity, contrast with physical sciences, interpretation and speculation, causation
verses evidence, concept of historical inevitability, Historical Positivism.
Science and Technology-Meaning, Scope and Importance, Interaction of science, technology &
society, Sources of history on science and technology in India.

UNIT II HISTORIOGRAPHY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA

Introduction to the works of D.D. Kosambi, Dharmpal, Debiprasad Chattopadhyay, Rehman, S. Irfan
Habib, Deepak Kumar, Dhruv Raina, and others.

UNIT III SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN ANCIENT INDIA

Technology in pre-historic period
Beginning of agriculture and its impact on technology
Science and Technology during Vedic and Later Vedic times
Science and technology from 1st century AD to C-1200.

UNIT IV SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN MEDIEVAL INDIA

Legacy of technology in Medieval India, Interactions with Arabs
Development in medical knowledge, interaction between Unani and Ayurveda and alchemy
Astronomy and Mathematics: interaction with Arabic Sciences
Science and Technology on the eve of British conquest

UNIT V SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN COLONIAL INDIA

Science and the Empire
Indian response to Western Science
Growth of techno-scientific institutions

UNIT VI SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN A POST-INDEPENDENT INDIA

Science, Technology and Development discourse
Shaping of the Science and Technology Policy
Developments in the field of Science and Technology
Science and technology in globalizing India
Social implications of new technologies like the Information Technology and Biotechnology
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

177
22147MC67C POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC THOUGHT FOR A HUMANE SOCIETY LT PC
3 0 00

Pre-Requisite: None. (Desirable: Universal Human Values 1, Universal Human Values 2)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 This course will begin with a short overview of human needs and desires and how different
political-economic systems try to fullfill them. In the process, we will end with a critique of different
systems and their implementations in the past, with possible future directions.

COURSE TOPICS:
Considerations for humane society, holistic thought, human being’s desires, harmony in self,
harmony in relationships, society, and nature, societal systems. (9 lectures, 1 hour each)

(Refs: A Nagaraj, M K Gandhi, JC Kumarappa)

Capitalism – Free markets, demand-supply, perfect competition, laissez-faire, monopolies,

imperialism. Liberal democracy. (5 lectures)

(Refs: Adam smith, J S Mill)

Fascism and totalitarianism. World war I and II. Cold war. (2 lectures)

Communism – Mode of production, theory of labour, surplus value, class struggle, dialectical
materialism, historical materialism, Russian and Chinese models.

(Refs: Marx, Lenin, Mao, M N Roy) (5 lectures)

Welfare state. Relation with human desires. Empowered human beings, satisfaction. (3 lectures)

Gandhian thought. Swaraj, Decentralized economy & polity, Community. Control over one’s lives.
Relationship with nature. (6 lectures)

(Refs: M K Gandhi, Schumacher, Kumarappa)

Essential elements of Indian civilization. (3 lectures)

(Refs: Pt Sundarlal, R C Mazumdar, Dharampal)

Technology as driver of society, Role of education in shaping of society. Future directions. (4

lectures) (Refs: Nandkishore Acharya, David Dixon, Levis Mumford)

Conclusion (2 lectures)

Total lectures: 39

Preferred Textbooks: See Reference Books

178
Reference Books: Authors mentioned along with topics above. Detailed reading list will be provided.

GRADING:
Mid sems 30
End sem 20
Home Assign 10
Term paper 40
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOME:
 The students will get an understanding of how societies are shaped by philosophy, political
and economic system, how they relate to fulfilling human goals & desires with some case studies of
how different attempts have been made in the past and how they have fared.

22147MC67D STATE, NATION BUILDING AND POLITICS IN INDIA LT PC

3 0 00
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is to provide an understanding of the state, how it works through its main
organs, primacy of politics and political process, the concept of sovereignty and its changing contours
in a globalized world. In the light of this, an attempt will be made to acquaint the students with the
main development and legacies of national movement and constitutional development in India,
reasons for adopting a Parliamentary-federal system, the broad philosophy of the Constitutionof India
and the changing nature of Indian Political System. Challenges/ problems and issues concerning
national integration and nation-building will also be discussed in the contemporary context with the
aim of developing a future vision for a better India.

TOPICS:
Understanding the need and role of State and politics.
Development of Nation-State, sovereignty, sovereignty in a globalized world.

Organs of State – Executive, Legislature, Judiciary. Separation of powers, forms of government-

unitary-federal, Presidential-Parliamentary,
The idea of India.

1857 and the national awakening.

1885 Indian National Congress and development of national movement – its

legacies. Constitution making and the Constitution of India.
Goals, objective and philosophy.
Why a federal system?
National integration and nation-building.

Challenges of nation-building – State against democracy (Kothari)

New social movements.

179
The changing nature of Indian Political System, the future scenario.
What can we do?

OUTCOME OF THE COURSE:

It is expected that this course will make students aware of the theoretical aspect of the state, its
organs, its operationalization aspect, the background and philosophy behind the founding of the
present political system, broad streams and challenges of national integration and nation-building in
India. It will equip the students with the real understanding of our political system/ process in correct
perspective and make them sit up and think for devising ways for better participation in the system
with a view to making the governance and delivery system better for the common man who is often
left unheard and unattended in our democratic setup besides generating a lot of dissatisfaction and
difficulties for the system.

SUGGESTED READING:
i. Sunil Khilnani, The Idea of India. Penguin India Ltd., New Delhi.
ii. Madhav Khosla, The Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press. New Delhi, 2012.
iii. Brij Kishore Sharma, Introduction to the Indian Constitution, PHI, New Delhi, latest edition.
iv. Sumantra Bose, Transforming India: Challenges to the World’s Largest Democracy,
Picador India, 2013.
v. Atul Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, U. K., 1991.
vi. M. P. Singh and Rekha Saxena, Indian Politics: Contemporary Issues and Concerns, PHI,
New Delhi, 2008, latest edition.
vii. Rajni Kothari, Rethinking Democracy, Orient Longman, New Delhi, 2005.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

180
22147MC67E INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T PC
3 0 00
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To Understand the Introduction and basic Terminologies safety.
 To enable the students to learn about the Important Statutory Regulations and standards.
 To enable students to Conduct and participate the various Safety activities in the Industry.
 To have knowledge about Workplace Exposures and Hazards.
 To assess the various Hazards and consequences through various Risk Assessment
Techniques.

UNIT I SAFETY TERMINOLOGIES

Hazard-Types of Hazard- Risk-Hierarchy of Hazards Control Measures-Lead indicators- lag
Indicators-Flammability- Toxicity Time-weighted Average (TWA) - Threshold LimitValue (TLV) - Short
Term Exposure Limit (STEL)- Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH)- acute and chronic
Effects- Routes of Chemical Entry-Personnel Protective Equipment- Health and Safety Policy-
Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS

UNIT II STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

Indian Factories Act-1948- Health- Safety- Hazardous materials and Welfare- ISO 45001:2018
occupational health and safety (OH&S) - Occupational Safety and Health Audit IS14489:1998-
Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis- code of practice IS 15656:2006

UNIT III SAFETY ACTIVITIES

Toolbox Talk- Role of safety Committee- Responsibilities of Safety Officers and Safety
Representatives- Safety Training and Safety Incentives- Mock Drills- On-site Emergency Action Plan-
Off-site Emergency Action Plan- Safety poster and Display- Human Error Assessment

UNIT IV WORKPLACE HEALTH AND SAFETY

Noise hazard- Particulate matter- musculoskeletal disorder improper sitting poster and lifting
Ergonomics RULE & REBA- Unsafe act & Unsafe Condition- Electrical Hazards- Crane Safety- Toxic
gas Release

UNIT V HAZARD IDENTIFICATION TECHNIQUES

Job Safety Analysis-Preliminary Hazard Analysis-Failure mode and Effects Analysis- Hazard and
Operability- Fault Tree Analysis- Event Tree Analysis Qualitative and Quantitative Risk Assessment-
Checklist Analysis- Root cause analysis- What-If Analysis- and Hazard Identification and Risk
Assessment
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Course outcomes on completion of this course the student will be able:
CO1:Understand the basic concept of safety.
CO2:Obtain knowledge of Statutory Regulations and standards.
CO3:Know about the safety Activities of the Working Place.
CO4:Analyze on the impact of Occupational Exposures and their Remedies
CO5:Obtain knowledge of Risk Assessment Techniques.

TEXTBOOKS
1. R.K. Jain and Prof. Sunil S. Rao Industrial Safety, Health and Environment Management
181
 Systems KHANNA PUBLISHER
2. L. M. Deshmukh Industrial Safety Management: Hazard Identification and Risk Control
McGraw-Hill Education
REFERENCES
1. Frank Lees (2012) ‘Lees’ Loss Prevention in Process Industries.Butterworth-Heinemann
publications, UK, 4th Edition.
2. John Ridley & John Channing (2008)Safety at Work: Routledge, 7th Edition.
3. Dan Petersen (2003) Techniques of Safety Management: A System Approach.
4. Alan Waring.(1996).Safety management system: Chapman &Hall,England
5. Society of Safety Engineers, USA

ONLINE RESOURCES
ISO 45001:2018 occupational health and safety (OH&S) International Organization for
Standardization https://www.iso.org/standard/63787.html
Indian Standard code of practice on occupational safety and health audit
https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/S02/is.14489.1998.pdf
Indian Standard code of practice on Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis IS 15656:2006
https://law.resource.org/pub/in/bis/S02/is.15656.2006.pdf
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

Course Program Outcome

Statement
Outcome PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
Understand the basic
3 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO1 concept of safety.
Obtain knowledge of
CO2 Statutory Regulations 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
and standards.
Know about the safety
CO3 Activities of the 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
Working Place.
Analyze on the impact
CO4 of Occupational
3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
Exposures and their
Remedies
Obtain knowledge of
CO5 Risk Assessment 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
Techniques.
Industrial safety 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

182
 OPEN ELECTIVE I

22154OE61 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING LTPC

3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to provide foundation in Industrial Engineering in order to enable the
students to make significant contributions for improvements in diverse organizations.
 Explain the concepts productivity and productivity measurement approaches.
 Explain the basic principles in facilities planning and plant location.
 Apply work study and ergonomic principles to design workplaces for the improvement of human
performance
 Impart knowledge to design and implement Statistical Process control in any industry.
 Recognize the concept of Production and Operations Management in creating and enhancing
a firm’s competitive advantages

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Concepts of Industrial Engineering – History and development of Industrial Engineering – Roles of
Industrial Engineer – Applications of Industrial Engineering – Production Management Vs Industrial
Engineering – Production System – Input Output Model – Productivity – Factors affecting Productivity
– Increasing Productivity of resources – Kinds of Productivity measures.

UNIT II PLANT LOCATION AND LAYOUT 9

Factors affecting Plant location – COURSE OBJECTIVES of Plant Layout – Principles of Plant
Layout – Types of Plant Layout – Methods of Plant and Facility Layout – Storage Space requirements
– Plant Layout procedure – Line Balancing methods.

UNIT III WORK SYSTEM DESIGN& ERGONOMICS 9

Need – COURSE OBJECTIVES – Method Study procedure – Principles of Motion Economy – Work
Measurement procedures – Time Study –Work sampling- Ergonomics and its areas of application in
the work system - Physical work load and energy expenditure, Anthropometry – measures – design
procedure, Work postures-sitting, standing.

UNIT IV STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 9

Definition and Concepts – Fundamentals – Control Charts for variables – Control Charts for attributes
– Acceptance Sampling- O.C curve –Single sampling plan- Double sampling plan.

183
UNIT V PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL 9
Forecasting – Qualitative and Quantitative forecasting techniques – Types of production – Process
planning – Economic Batch Quantity– Loading – Scheduling and control of production –
Dispatching–Progress control.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, Students will be able to
CO1: Ability To define the concepts of productivity and productivity measurement approaches.
CO2: Ability to evaluate appropriate location models for various facility types and design various
facility layouts
CO3: Ability To conduct a method study and time study to improve the efficiency of the system.
CO4: Ability to Control the quality of processes using control charts in manufacturing/service
industries.
CO5: Ability to define the Planning strategies and Material Requirement Plan.

TEXT BOOK:
1. O.P.Khanna, 2010, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai Publications.

REFERENCES:
1. Ravi Shankar, 2009, Industrial Engineering and Management, Galgotia Publications & Private
Limited.
2. Martand Telsang,2006, Industrial Engineering and Production Management, S. Chand and
Company.
CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 1
2 2 2 3 2
3 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2
4 2 2 3 1 1
5 1 2 2 1 3
AVg. 2.2 2 2.5 1.3 1 2 1 1 2 1 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

184
22153OE61 RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM LTPC
3003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Provide knowledge about various renewable energy technologies
 To enable students to understand and design a PV system.
 To provide knowledge about wind energy system.
 To Provide knowledge about various possible hybrid energy systems
 To gain knowledge about application of various renewable energy technologies

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Primary energy sources, renewable vs. non-renewable primary energy sources, renewable energy
resources in India, Current usage of renewable energy sources in India, future potential of renewable
energy in power production and development of renewable energy technologies.

UNIT II SOLAR ENERGY 9

Solar Radiation and its measurements, Solar Thermal Energy Conversion from plate Solar
Collectors, Concentrating Collectors and its Types, Efficiency and performance of collectors,. Direct
Solar Electricity Conversion from Photovoltaic, types of solar cells and its application of battery
charger, domestic lighting, street lighting, and water pumping, power generation schemes. Recent
Advances in PV Applications: Building Integrated PV, Grid Connected PV Systems,

UNIT III WIND ENERGY 9

Wind energy principles, wind site and its resource assessment, wind assessment, Factors influencing
wind, wind turbine components, wind energy conversion systems (WECS), Classification of Devices,
wind electric generating and control systems, characteristics and applications.

UNIT IV BIO-ENERGY 9
Energy from biomass, Principle of biomass conversion technologies/process and their classification,
Bio gas generation, types of biogas plants, selection of site for biogas plant, classification of biogas
plants, Advantage and disadvantages of biogas generation, thermal gasification of biomass,
biomass gasifies, Application of biomass and biogas plants and their economics.

UNIT V OTHER TYPES OF ENERGY 9

Energy conversion from Hydrogen and Fuel cells, Geo thermal energy Resources, types of wells,
methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India. OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC
plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-
hydel power plants and their economics.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course students will be able to:
CO1: Attained knowledge about various renewable energy technologies
CO2: Ability to understand and design a PV system.
CO3: Understand the concept of various wind energy system.
CO4: Gained knowledge about various possible hybrid energy systems
CO5: Attained knowledge about various application of renewable energy technologies
REFERENCES
185
 1. Twidell & Wier,‘Renewable Energy Resources’ CRC Press( Taylor & Francis).
2. Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa,‘Renewable energy resources’.
3. D.P.Kothari, K.C.Singhal,‘Renewable energy sources and emerging technologies’, P.H.I.
4. D.S.Chauhan, S.K. Srivastava, ‘Non – Conventional Energy Resources’, New Age
Publishers, 2006.
5. B.H.Khan, ‘Non – Conventional Energy Resources’, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2006.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
8
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
AVg. 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

186
22150OE61 GRAPH THEORY LTP C
30 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the graph models and basic concepts of graphs.
 To study the characterization and properties of trees and graph connectivity.
 To provide an exposure to the Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs.
 To introduce Graph colouring and explain its significance.
 To provide an understanding of Optimization Graph Algorithms.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHS 9

Graphs and Graph Models – Connected graphs – Common classes of graphs – Multi graphs and
Digraphs – Degree of a vertex – Degree Sequence – Graphs and Matrices – Isomorphism of graphs.

UNIT I TREES AND CONNECTIVITY 9

Bridges – Trees – Characterization and properties of trees – Cut vertices – Connectivity.

UNIT III TRAVERSABILITY 9

Eulerian graphs – Characterization of Eulerian graphs – Hamiltonian graphs – Necessary condition for
Hamiltonian graphs – Sufficient condition for Hamiltonian graphs.

UNIT IV PLANARITY AND COLOURING 9

Planar Graphs – The Euler Identity – Non planar Graphs – Vertex Colouring – Lower and Upper
bounds of chromatic number.

UNIT V OPTIMIZATION GRAPH ALGORITHMS 9

Dijkstra’s shortest path algorithm – Kruskal’s and Prim’s minimum spanning tree algorithms –
Transport Network – The Max-Flow Min-Cut Theorem – The Labeling Procedure – Maximum flow
problem.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
CO1:Apply graph models for solving real world problem.
CO2:Understand the importance the natural applications of trees and graph connectivity.
CO3:Understand the characterization study of Eulerian graphs and Hamiltonian graphs.
CO4:Apply the graph colouring concepts in partitioning problems.
CO5:Apply the standard optimization graph algorithms in solving application problems.

187
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gary Chatrand and Ping Zhang, “Introduction to Graph Theory”, Tata McGraw – Hill
companies Inc., New York, 2006.
2. Ralph P. Grimaldi, “Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, An applied introduction" Fifth
edition, Pearson Education, Inc, Singapore, 2004.

REFERENCES
Balakrishnan R. and Ranganathan K., “A Text Book of Graph Theory”,
Springer – Verlag, New York, 2012.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO PO PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO1 PO1 PO1 PS PS PS
01 02 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 O1 O2 O3
CO1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 3
CO6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

188
 OPEN ELECTIVE II

22155OE72 IT IN AGRICULTURAL SYSTEM LT P C

30 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the students to areas of agricultural systems in which IT and computers play a
major role.
 To also expose the students to IT applications in precision farming, environmental control
systems, agricultural systems management and weather prediction models.

UNIT I PRECISION FARMING 9

Precision agriculture and agricultural management – Ground based sensors, Remote sensing, GPS,
GIS and mapping software, Yield mapping systems, Crop production modeling.

UNIT II ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS 9

Artificial light systems, management of crop growth in greenhouses, simulation of CO2 consumption
in greenhouses, on-line measurement of plant growth in the greenhouse, models of plant production
and expert systems in horticulture.

UNIT III AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 9

Agricultural systems - managerial overview, Reliability of agricultural systems, Simulation of crop
growth and field operations, Optimizing the use of resources, Linear programming, Project
scheduling, Artificial intelligence and decision support systems.

UNIT IV WEATHER PREDICTION MODELS 9

Importance of climate variability and seasonal forecasting, Understanding and predicting world’s
climate system, Global climatic models and their potential for seasonal climate forecasting, General
systems approach to applying seasonal climate forecasts.

UNIT V E-GOVERNANCE IN AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS 9

Expert systems, decision support systems, Agricultural and biological databases, e-commerce, e-
business systems & applications, Technology enhanced learning systems and solutions, e-learning,
Rural development and information society TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS:
1. National Research Council, “Precision Agriculture in the 21st Century”, National Academies
Press, Canada, 1997.
2. H. Krug, Liebig, H.P. “International Symposium on Models for Plant Growth, Environmental
Control and Farm Management in Protected Cultivation”, 1989

REFERENCES:
1. Peart, R.M., and Shoup, W. D., “Agricultural Systems Management”, Marcel Dekker, New
York, 2004.
2. Hammer, G.L., Nicholls, N., and Mitchell, C., “Applications of Seasonal Climate”, Springer,
Germany, 2000.

189
COURSE OUTCOME:
CO1:The students shall be able to understand the applications of IT in remote sensing applications
such as Drones etc.
CO2:The students will be able to get a clear understanding of how a greenhouse can be automated
and its advantages.
CO3:The students will be able to apply IT principles and concepts for management of field
operations.
CO4:The students will get an understanding about weather models, their inputs and applications.
CO5:The students will get an understanding of how IT can be used for e-governance in agriculture.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO PO PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO0 PO1 PO1 PO1 PS PS PS
01 02 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 O1 O2 O3
CO1 2 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 1
CO2 2 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 1
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

190
 22153OE72 INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL ENGINEERING LTPC
3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce the control system components and transfer function model with their graphical
representation
 To understand the analysis of system in time domain along with steady state error.
 To introduce frequency response analysis of systems.
 To accord basic knowledge in design of compensators.
 To introduce the state space models.

UNIT I MATHEMATICAL MODELLING 9

Introduction – transfer function – simple electrical, mechanical, ,pneumatic , hydraulic and thermal
systems–analogies

UNIT II FEEDBACK CONTROL SYSTEMS 9

Control system components - Block diagram representation of control systems, Reduction of block
diagrams, Signal flow graphs, Output to input ratios

UNIT III TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS 9

Response of systems to different inputs viz., Step impulse, pulse, parabolic and sinusoidal inputs,
Time response of first and second order systems, steady state errors and error constants of unity
feedback circuit.

UNIT IV STABILITY ANALYSIS 9

Necessary and sufficient conditions, Routh-Hurwitz criteria of stability,Rootlocus and
Bodetechniques,Concept and construction,frequency response.

UNIT V STATE SPACE TECHNIQUE 9

State vectors–state space models-Digital Controllers–design aspects.

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

SKILL DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES (Group Seminar/Mini Project/Assignment/Content

P.reparaEtxio
1 pnlor/eQvuairzi/oS
usurcpornis
treolT
leers
s tp/re
Ssoelv
nitn
lyguG
seAdTiE
nqinudeussttiro
ienss. / etc) 5
2. Develop control structures for industrial processes.
3. Implement the controllers for various transfer functions of industrial systems.
4. Using software tools for practical exposures to the controllers used in industries by undergoing
5. Realisation of various stability criterion techniques for economical operation of process.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 To represent and develop systems in different forms using the knowledge gained (L5).
191
CO2 To analyses the system in time and frequency domain (L4).
CO3 Ability to Derive Transfer function Model of Electrical and Mechanical Systems. (L2)
CO4 Ability to Obtain the transfer Function by the Reduction of Block diagram & Signal flow
graph (L3)
CO5 To analyses the stability of physical systems(L4).
CO6 To acquire and analyse knowledge in State variable model for MIMO systems(L1)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nagarath, I.J. and Gopal, M., “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International
Publishers,2017.
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Wiley, 2014

REFERENCES:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Pearson, 2015.
2. Richard C. Dorf and Bishop, R.H., “Modern Control Systems”, Pearson Education,2009.
3. John J.D., Azzo Constantine, H. and HoupisSttuart, N Sheldon, “Linear Control System
Analysis and Design with MATLAB”, CRC Taylor& Francis Reprint 2009.
4. RamesC.Panda and T. Thyagarajan, “An Introduction to Process Modelling Identification and
Control of Engineers”, Narosa Publishing House, 2017.
5. M. Gopal, “Control System: Principle and design”, McGraw Hill Education, 2012.
6. NPTEL Video Lecture Notes on “Control Engineering “by Prof. S. D. Agashe, IIT Bombay.
List of Open Source Software/ Learning website:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107240
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_me25/preview
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee90/preview
4. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-automatic-control-9850

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO’s
1 L5 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
2 L4 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
3 L2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
4 L5 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
5 L4 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
6 L4 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
AVg. 2.8 2.6 3 2.1 - - - 1 - 1 - 1
1-low, 2-medium, 3-high, ‘-“- no correlation

192
 OPEN ELCTIVE III

22147OE73A ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Description:
Students aspiring to take up competitive exams of which the English language is a vital component
will find this course useful. Designed for students in the higher semesters, the course will help
students to familiarise themselves with those aspects of English that are tested in these examinations.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To train the students in the language components essential to face competitive examinations
both at the national (UPSC, Banking, Railway, Defence) and the international level (GRE,
TOEFL, IELTS).
 To enhance an awareness of the specific patterns in language testing and the respective skills
to tackle verbal reasoning and verbal ability tests.
 To inculcate effective practices in language-learning in order to improve accuracy in usage of
grammar and coherence in writing.
 To improve students’ confidence to express their ideas and opinions in formal contexts
 To create awareness of accuracy and precision in communication

UNIT I 9
Orientation on different formats of competitive exams - Vocabulary – Verbal ability – Verbalreasoning
- Exploring the world of words – Essential words – Meaning and their usage – Synonyms-antonyms
– Word substitution – Word analogy – Idioms and phrases – Commonly confused words
– Spellings – Word expansion – New words in use.

UNIT II 9
Grammar – Sentence improvement –Sentence completion – Rearranging phrases into sentences –
Error identification –Tenses – Prepositions – Adjectives – Adverbs – Subject-verb agreement – Voice
– Reported speech – Articles – Clauses – Speech patterns.

UNIT III 9
Reading - Specific information and detail – Identifying main and supporting ideas – Speed reading
techniques – Improving global reading skills – Linking ideas – Summarising – Understanding
argument – Identifying opinion/attitude and making inferences - Critical reading.

UNIT IV 9
Writing – Pre-writing techniques – Mindmap - Describing pictures and facts - Paragraph structure –
organising points – Rhetoric writing – Improving an answer – Drafting, writing and developing an
argument – Focus on cohesion – Using cohesive devices –Analytic writing – Structure and types of
essay – Mind maps – Structure of drafts, letters, memos, emails – Statements of Purpose – Structure,
Content and Style.

UNIT V 9
Listening and Speaking – Contextual listening – Listening to instructions – Listening for specific
information – Identifying detail, main ideas – Following signpost words – Stress, rhythm and

193
intonation - Speaking to respond and elicit ideas – Guided speaking – Opening phrases – Interactive
communication – Dysfluency -Sentence stress – Speaking on a topic – Giving opinions – Giving an oral
presentation – Telling a story or a personal anecdote – Talking about oneself - Utterance –
Speech acts- Brainstorming ideas – Group discussion.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, learners will be able
 expand their vocabulary and gain practical techniques to read and comprehend a wide range
of texts with the emphasis required
 identify errors with precision and write with clarity and coherence
 understand the importance of task fulfilment and the usage of task-appropriate vocabulary
 communicate effectively in group discussions, presentations and interviews
 write topic based essays with precision and accuracy

Teaching Methods:
Instructional methods will involve discussions, taking mock tests on various question papers –
Objective, multiple-choice and descriptive. Peer evaluation, self-check on improvement and peer
feedback - Practice sessions on speaking assessments, interview and discussion – Using
multimedia.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. R.P.Bhatnagar - General English for Competitive Examinations. Macmillan India Limited,
2009.

REFERENCEBOOKS:
1. Educational Testing Service - The Official Guide to the GRE Revised General Test, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. The Official Guide to the TOEFL Test, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. R Rajagopalan- General English for Competitive Examinations, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, 2008.
Websites
http://www.examenglish.com/, http://www.ets.org/ , http://www.bankxams.com/
http://civilservicesmentor.com/, http://www.educationobserver.com
http://www.cambridgeenglish.org/in/
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 - - -
2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 - - -
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - -
4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 - - -
5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - -
AVg. 2 2.6 2.6 2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2 3 2.4 3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

194
22153FE76A RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To know the Indian and global energy scenario
 To learn the various solar energy technologies and its applications.
 77To educate the various wind energy technologies.
 To explore the various bio-energy technologies.
 To study the ocean and geothermal technologies.

UNIT I ENERGY SCENARIO 9

Indian energy scenario in various sectors – domestic, industrial, commercial, agriculture,
transportation and others – Present conventional energy status – Present renewable energy status-
Potential of various renewable energy sources-Global energy status-Per capita energy consumption
- Future energy plans

UNIT II SOLAR ENERGY 9

Solar radiation – Measurements of solar radiation and sunshine – Solar spectrum - Solar thermal
collectors – Flat plate and concentrating collectors – Solar thermal applications – Solar thermal
energy storage – Fundamentals of solar photo voltaic conversion – Solar cells – Solar PV Systems
– Solar PV applications.

UNIT III WIND ENERGY 9

Wind data and energy estimation – Betz limit - Site selection for windfarms – characteristics - Wind
resource assessment - Horizontal axis wind turbine – components - Vertical axis wind turbine – Wind
turbine generators and its performance – Hybrid systems – Environmental issues - Applications.

UNIT IV BIO-ENERGY 9
Bio resources – Biomass direct combustion – thermochemical conversion - biochemical conversion-
mechanical conversion - Biomass gasifier - Types of biomass gasifiers - Cogeneration –-
Carbonisation – Pyrolysis - Biogas plants – Digesters –Biodiesel production – Ethanol production -
Applications.

UNIT V OCEAN AND GEOTHERMAL ENERGY 9

Small hydro - Tidal energy – Wave energy – Open and closed OTEC Cycles – Limitations –
Geothermal energy – Geothermal energy sources - Types of geothermal power plants – Applications
- Environmental impact.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students would be able to
 Discuss the Indian and global energy scenario.
 Describe the various solar energy technologies and its applications.
 Explain the various wind energy technologies.

195
  Explore the various bio-energy technologies.
 Discuss the ocean and geothermal technologies.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals and Applications of Renewable Energy | Indian Edition, by Mehmet Kanoglu,
Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, cGraw Hill; First edition (10 December 2020), ISBN-10
: 9390385636
2. Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies, by Kothari, Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited; 2nd edition (1 January 2011), ISBN-10 : 8120344707

REFERENCES:
1. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford University
Press, U.K., 2012.
2. Rai.G.D., “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Sukhatme.S.P., “Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
4. Tiwari G.N., “Solar Energy – Fundamentals Design, Modelling and applications”, Alpha
Science Intl Ltd, 2015.
5. Twidell, J.W. & Weir A., “Renewable Energy Resources”, EFNSpon Ltd., UK, 2015.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
8
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
AVg. 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

196
22153FE76B ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES LTPC
3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 The objective of this course is to prepare the students to know about the general aspects of
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles (EHV), including architectures, modelling, sizing, and sub
system design and hybrid vehicle control.

UNIT I DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLES 9

Need for Electric vehicle- Comparative study of diesel, petrol, hybrid and electric Vehicles.
Advantages and Limitations of hybrid and electric Vehicles. - Design requirement for electric
vehicles- Range, maximum velocity, acceleration, power requirement, mass of the vehicle. Various
Resistance- Transmission efficiency- Electric vehicle chassis and Body Design, Electric Vehicle
Recharging and Refuelling Systems.

UNIT II ENERGY SOURCES 9

Battery Parameters- - Different types of batteries – Lead Acid- Nickel Metal Hydride - Lithium ion-
Sodium based- Metal Air. Battery Modelling - Equivalent circuits, Battery charging- Quick Charging
devices. Fuel Cell- Fuel cell Characteristics- Fuel cell types-Half reactions of fuel cell. Ultra
capacitors. Battery Management System.

UNIT III MOTORS AND DRIVES 9

Types of Motors- DC motors- AC motors, PMSM motors, BLDC motors, Switched reluctance motors
working principle, construction and characteristics.

UNIT IV POWER CONVERTERS AND CONTROLLERS 9

Solid state Switching elements and characteristics – BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, SCR and TRIAC - Power
Converters – rectifiers, inverters and converters - Motor Drives - DC, AC motor, PMSM motors, BLDC
motors, Switched reluctance motors – four quadrant operations –operating modes

UNIT V HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 9

Main components and working principles of a hybrid and electric vehicles, Different configurations
of hybrid and electric vehicles. Power Split devices for Hybrid Vehicles - Operation modes - Control
Strategies for Hybrid Vehicle - Economy of hybrid Vehicles - Case study on specification of electric
and hybrid vehicles.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to
CO1:Understand the operation and architecture of electric and hybrid vehicles
CO2:Identify various energy source options like battery and fuel cell
CO3:Select suitable electric motor for applications in hybrid and electric vehicles.
CO4:Explain the role of power electronics in hybrid and electric vehicles
CO5:Analyze the energy and design requirement for hybrid and electric vehicles.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Iqbal Husain, “ Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press,2003
2. Mehrdad Ehsani, “ Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles”, CRCPress,2005.

197
REFERENCES:
1. James Larminie and John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained “ John Wiley &
Sons,2003
2. Lino Guzzella, “ Vehicle Propulsion System” Springer Publications,2005
3. Ron HodKinson, “Light Weight Electric/ Hybrid Vehicle Design”, Butterworth Heinemann
Publication,2005.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO PSO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
2 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
3 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
4 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
5 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
Avg. 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

198
22160E75C INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT LTP C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To introduce fundamental concepts of industrial management
 To understand the approaches to the study of Management
 To learn about Decision Making, Organizing and leadership
 To analyze the Managerial Role and functions
 To know about the Supply Chain Management’

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Technology Management - Definition - Functions - Evolution of Modern Management - Scientific
Management Development of Management Thought. Approaches to the study of Management,
Forms of Organization -Individual Ownership - Partnership - Joint Stock Companies - Co-operative
Enterprises - Public Sector Undertakings, Corporate Frame Work- Share Holders - Board ofDirectors
- Committees - Chief Executive Line and Functional Managers,-Financial-Legal-Trade Union

UNIT II FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT 9

Planning - Nature and Purpose - Objectives - Strategies – Policies and Planning Premises - Decision
Making - Organizing - Nature and Process - Premises - Departmentalization - Line and staff -
Decentralization -Organizational culture, Staffing - selection and training .Placement - Performance
appraisal - Career Strategy – Organizational Development. Leading - Managing human factor -
Leadership .Communication, Controlling - Process of Controlling - Controlling techniques,
productivity and operations management - Preventive control, Industrial Safety.

UNIT III ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9

Definition - Organization - Managerial Role and functions -Organizational approaches, Individual
behaviour - causes - Environmental Effect - Behaviour and Performance, Perception - Organizational
Implications. Personality - Contributing factors - Dimension – Need Theories - Process Theories -
Job Satisfaction, Learning and Behaviour-Learning Curves, Work Design and approaches.

UNIT IV GROUPDYNAMICS 9
Group Behaviour - Groups - Contributing factors - Group Norms, Communication - Process - Barriers
to communication - Effective communication, leadership - formal and informal characteristics –
Managerial Grid - Leadership styles - Group Decision Making - Leadership Role in Group Decision,
Group Conflicts - Types -Causes - Conflict Resolution -Inter group relations and conflict, Organization
centralization and decentralization - Formal and informal - Organizational Structures Organizational
Change and Development -Change Process – Resistance to Change - Culture and Ethics.

UNIT V MODERN CONCEPTS 9

Management by Objectives (MBO) - Management by Exception (MBE),Strategic Management -
Planning for Future direction - SWOT Analysis -Evolving development strategies, information
technology in management Decisions support system-Management Games Business Process Re-
engineering(BPR) –Enterprises Resource Planning (ERP) - Supply Chain Management (SCM) -
Activity Based Management (AM) - Global Perspective - Principles and Steps Advantages and
disadvantage
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:

199
 CO1: Understand the basic concepts of industrial management
CO2: Identify the group conflicts and its causes.
CO3: Perform swot analysis
CO4 : Analyze the learning curves
CO5 : Understand the placement and performance appraisal

REFERENCES:
1. Maynard H.B, “Industrial Engineering Hand book”, McGraw-Hill, sixth 2008
6. CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1
2 3 2 3 2
3 2 3 2 3 1 2 3
4 2 2 3 3 3 3
5 2 2 2
AVg. 2 2.2 2.3 3 1.8 2 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

200
22154FE76A INTRODUCTION TO NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main learning objective of this course is to prepare the students for:
 Understanding the basic importance of NDT in quality assurance.
 Imbibing the basic principles of various NDT techniques, its applications, limitations, codes
and standards.
 Equipping themselves to locate a flaw in various materials, products.
 Applying apply the testing methods for inspecting materials in accordance with industry
specifications and standards.
 Acquiring the knowledge on the selection of the suitable NDT technique for a given
application

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO NDT & VISUAL TESTING 9

Concepts of Non-destructive testing-relative merits and limitations-NDT Versus mechanical testing,
Fundamentals of Visual Testing – vision, lighting, material attributes, environmental factors, visual
perception, direct and indirect methods – mirrors, magnifiers, boroscopes and fibroscopes – light
sources and special lighting.

UNIT II LIQUID PENETRANT & MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING 9

Liquid Penetrant Inspection: principle, applications, advantages and limitations, dyes, developers
and cleaners, Methods & Interpretation.
Magnetic Particle Inspection: Principles, applications, magnetization methods, magnetic particles,
Testing Procedure, demagnetization, advantages and limitations, – Interpretation and evaluation of
test indications.

UNIT III EDDY CURRENT TESTING & THERMOGRAPHY 9

Eddy Current Testing: Generation of eddy currents– properties– eddy current sensing elements,
probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, applications, advantages, limitations – Factors
affecting sensing elements and coil impedance, calibration, Interpretation/Evaluation.
Thermography- Principle, Contact & Non-Contact inspection methods, Active & Passive methods,
Liquid Crystal – Concept, example, advantages & limitations. Electromagnetic spectrum, infrared
thermography- approaches, IR detectors, Instrumentation and methods, applications.

UNIT IV ULTRASONIC TESTING & AET 9

Ultrasonic Testing: Types of ultrasonic waves, characteristics, attenuation, couplants, probes,EMAT.
Inspection methods-pulse echo, transmission and phased array techniques, types of scanning and
displays, angle beam inspection of welds, time of flight diffraction (TOFD) technique, Thickness
determination by ultrasonic method, Study of A, B and C scan presentations, calibration.Acoustic
Emission Technique – Introduction, Types of AE signal, AE wave propagation, Source location,
Kaiser effect, AE transducers, Principle, AE parameters, AE instrumentation, Advantages &
Limitations, Interpretation of Results, Applications.

UNIT V RADIOGRAPHY TESTING 9

Sources-X-rays and Gamma rays and their characteristics-absorption, scattering. Filters and
screens, Imaging modalities-film radiography and digital radiography (Computed, Direct, Real Time,
CT scan). Problems in shadow formation, exposure factors, inverse square law, exposure charts,
201
Penetrameters, safety in radiography.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1:Realize the importance of NDT in various engineering fields.
CO2:Have a basic knowledge of surface NDE techniques which enables to carry out various
inspection in accordance with the established procedures.
CO3:Calibrate the instrument and inspect for in-service damage in the components by means of
Eddy current testing as well as Thermography testing.
CO4:Differentiate various techniques of UT and AET and select appropriate NDT methods for better
evaluation.
CO5:Interpret the results of Radiography testing and also have the ability to analyse the influence of
various parameters on the testing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Baldev Raj, T. Jayakumar and M. Thavasimuthu, Practical Non Destructive Testing, Alpha
Science International Limited, 3rd edition, 2002.
2. J. Prasad and C. G. K. Nair, Non-Destructive Test and Evaluation of Materials, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2nd edition, 2011.
3.
4. Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, 1st revised edition, New Age International
Publishers, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. ASM Metals Handbook, V-17, "Nondestructive Evaluation and Quality Control", American
Society of Metals, USA, 2001.
2. Barry Hull and Vernon John,"Nondestructive Testing", Macmillan, 1989.
3. Chuck Hellier, “Handbook of Nondestructive Evaluation”, Mc Graw Hill, 2012.
4. Louis Cartz, "Nondestructive Testing", ASM International, USA, 1995.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PSO PSO PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1 2 3
C01 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2
C02 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
C03 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
Avg 2.8 1.6 1.8 2.2 2 2 2 1.8 2 1.3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

202
22152FE76B FUNDAMENTALS Of ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS L T PC
3 0 03
COURSE OBJECTIVES :
● To give a comprehensive exposure to all types of devices and circuits constructed with discrete
components. This helps to develop a strong basis for building linear and digital integrated circuits
● To analyze the frequency response of small signal amplifiers
● To design and analyze single stage and multistage amplifier circuits
 To study about feedback amplifiers and oscillators principles

UNIT I SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 9

PN junction diode, Zener diode, BJT, MOSFET, UJT –structure, operation and V-I characteristics,
Rectifiers – Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifier, Zener as regulator

UNIT II AMPLIFIERS 9
Load line, operating point, biasing methods for BJT and MOSFET, BJT small signal model – Analysis
of CE, CB, CC amplifiers- Gain and frequency response –Analysis of CS and Source follower – Gain
and frequency response- High frequency analysis.

UNIT III MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS AND DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 9

Cascode amplifier, Differential amplifier – Common mode and Difference mode analysis – Tuned
amplifiers – Gain and frequency response – Neutralization methods.

UNIT IV FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS 9

Advantages of negative feedback – Analysis of Voltage / Current, Series , Shunt feedback
Amplifiers – positive feedback–Condition for oscillations, phase shift – Wien bridge, Hartley, Colpitts
and Crystal oscillators.

UNIT V POWER AMPLIFIERS AND DC/DC CONVERTERS 9

Power amplifiers- class A-Class B-Class AB-Class C-Temperature Effect- Class AB Power amplifier
using MOSFET –DC/DC convertors – Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost analysis anddesign.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES :
At the end of the course the students will be able to
CO1: Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.
CO2: Design and analyze amplifiers.
CO3: Analyze frequency response of BJT and MOSFET amplifiers
CO4: Design and analyze feedback amplifiers and oscillator principles.
CO5: Design and analyze power amplifiers and supply circuits

TEXT BOOKS :
1. David A. Bell, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Oxford Higher Education press, 5 th Edition,
2010.
2. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nasheresky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 10th
Edition, Pearson Education / PHI, 2008.
3. Adel .S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, "Micro Electronic Circuits", Oxford University Press, 7 th
Edition, 2014.

203
REFERENCES :
1. Donald.A. Neamen, "Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design", Tata McGraw Hill, 3 rd Edition,
2010.
2. D.Schilling and C.Belove, "Electronic Circuits", McGraw Hill, 3 rd Edition, 1989
3. Muhammad H.Rashid, "Power Electronics", Pearson Education / PHI , 2004.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
1 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
2 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
4 3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
5 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

204
 OPEN ELECTIVE IV
22153FE77B ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS LTPC
3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main learning objective of this course is to prepare the students for:
 Understanding the importance of various materials used in electrical, electronics and
 magnetic applications
 Acquiring knowledge on the properties of electrical, electronics and magnetic materials.
 Gaining knowledge on the selection of suitable materials for the given application
 Getting equipped with the materials used in optical and optoelectronic applications.

UNIT I DIELECTRIC MATERIALS 9

Dielectric as Electric Field Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss, dielectric strength, breakdown
voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid dielectrics, electric conductivity in solid, liquid
and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic materials, properties of ferromagnetic materials in static
fields, spontaneous, polarization, curie point, anti-ferromagnetic materials, piezoelectric materials,
pyroelectric materials.

UNIT II MAGNETIC MATERIALS 9

Classification of magnetic materials, spontaneous magnetization in ferromagnetic materials,
magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction, diamagnetism, magnetically soft and hard materials, special
purpose materials, feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast and cermet permanent magnets, ageing
of magnets. Factors effecting permeability and Hysteresis

UNIT III SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS 9

Properties of semiconductors, Silicon wafers, integration techniques, Large and very large scale
Integration techniques. Concept of superconductivity; theories and examples for high temperature
superconductivity; discussion on specific superconducting materials; comments on fabrication and
engineering applications.

UNIT IV MATERIALS FOR ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS 9

Materials used for Resistors, rheostats, heaters, transmission line structures, stranded conductors,
bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders, electric contact materials, electric carbon materials,
thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid and Gaseous insulating materials, Effect of moisture on
insulation.

UNIT V OPTICAL AND OPTOELECTRONIC MATERIALS 9

Principles of photoconductivity - effect of impurities - principles of luminescence-laser principles - He-
Ne, injection lasers, LED materials - binary, ternary photoelectronic materials - LCD materials - photo
detectors - applications of optoelectronic materials - optical fibres and materials - electro optic
modulators - Kerr effect - Pockels effect.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1:Understand various types of dielectric materials, their properties in various conditions.
CO2:Evaluate magnetic materials and their behavior.
CO3:Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies.
CO4:Select suitable materials for electrical engineering applications.
CO5:Identify right material for optical and optoelectronic applications
205
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pradeep Fulay, “Electronic, Magnetic and Optical materials”, CRC Press, taylor and Francis, 2
nd illustrated edition, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. T K Basak, “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, New Age Science Publications, 2009
2. TTTI Madras, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
3. Adrianus J. Dekker, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, PHI Publication, 2006.
4. S. P. Seth, P. V. Gupta “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Dhanpat Rai & amp;
Sons, 2011.
5. C. Kittel, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,Singapore,

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO1 PSO PSO PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO11 PO12
0 1 2 3
C01 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 1
C02 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 1
C03 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
Avg 3 1.8 1.6 2.2 2 2 2 1.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

206
 22153FE77A SENSORS LTPC
30 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To learn the various types of sensors, transducers, sensor output signal types, calibration
techniques, formulation of system equation and its characteristics.
 To understand basic working principle, construction, Application and characteristics of
displacement, speed and ranging sensors.
 To understand and analyze the working principle, construction, application and
characteristics of force, magnetic and heading sensors.
 To learn and analyze the working principle, construction, application and characteristics of
optical, pressure, temperature and other sensors.
 To familiarize students with different signal conditioning circuits design and data acquisition

UNIT I SENSOR CLASSIFICATION, CHARACTERISTICS AND SIGNAL TYPES 9

Basics of Measurement – Classification of Errors – Error Analysis – Static and Dynamic
Characteristics of Transducers – Performance Measures of Sensors – Classification of Sensors –
Sensor Calibration Techniques – Sensor Outputs - Signal Types - Analog and Digital Signals, PWM
and PPM.

UNIT II DISPLACEMENT, PROXIMITY AND RANGING SENSORS 9

Displacement Sensors – Brush Encoders - Potentiometers, Resolver, Encoders – Optical, Magnetic,
Inductive, Capacitive, LVDT – RVDT – Synchro – Microsyn, Accelerometer – Range Sensors -
Ultrasonic Ranging - Reflective Beacons - Laser Range Sensor (LIDAR) – GPS - RF Beacons.
UNIT III FORCE, MAGNETIC AND HEADING SENSORS 9
Strain Gage – Types, Working, Advantage, Limitation, and Applications: Load Measurement – Force
and Torque Measurement - Magnetic Sensors – Types, Principle, Advantage, Limitation, and
Applications - Magneto Resistive – Hall Effect, Eddy Current Sensor - Heading Sensors – Compass,
Gyroscope and Inclinometers.

UNIT IV OPTICAL, PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND OTHER SENSORS 9

Photo Conductive Cell, Photo Voltaic, Photo Resistive, LDR – Fiber Optic Sensors – Pressure –
Diaphragm – Bellows - Piezoelectric - Piezo-resistive - Acoustic, Temperature – IC, Thermistor, RTD,
Thermocouple – Non Contact Sensor - Chemical Sensors - MEMS Sensors - Smart Sensors.

UNIT V SIGNAL CONDITIONING 9

Need for Signal Conditioning – Resistive, Inductive and Capacitive Bridges for Measurement - DC
and AC Signal Conditioning - Voltage, Current, Power and Instrumentation Amplifiers – Filter and
Isolation Circuits – Fundamentals of Data Acquisition System
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to:
CO1: Understand various sensor effects, sensor characteristics, signal types, calibration methods
and obtain transfer function and empirical relation of sensors. They can also analyze the densor
response.
CO2: Analyze and select suitable sensor for displacement, proximity and range measurement.
CO3: Analyze and select suitable sensor for force, magnetic field, speed, position and direction
measurement.

207
CO4: Analyze and Select suitable sensor for light detection, pressure and temperature
measurement and also familiar with other miniaturized smart sensors.
CO5: Select and design suitable signal conditioning circuit with proper compensation and
linearizing element based on sensor output signal.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Bolton W., “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2015.
2. Ramesh S Gaonkar, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the
8085”, Penram International Publishing Private Limited, 6th Edition, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Bradley D.A., Dawson D., Buru N.C. and Loader A.J., “Mechatronics”, Chapman and Hall,
1993.
2. Davis G. Alciatore and Michael B. Histand, “Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement
systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2011.
3. Devadas Shetty and Richard A. Kolk, “Mechatronics Systems Design”, Cengage Learning,
2010.
4. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik, “Mechatronics Principles, Concepts and Applications”,
McGraw Hill Education, 2015.
5. Smaili. A and Mrad. F, “Mechatronics Integrated Technologies for Intelligent Machines”,
Oxford University Press, 2007.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs
COs/POs & POs PSOs
PSOs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO/PO & PSO 3 3 2 0. 0. 0.8 0.8 2 3 2 1
Average 8 8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

208
22154FE77B INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To educate about the health hazards and the safety measures to be followed in the industrial
environment.
 Describe industrial legislations (Factories Acts, Workmen's Compensation and other laws)
enacted for the protection of employees health at work settings
 Describe methods of prevention and control of Occupational Health diseases, accidents /
emergencies and other hazards

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Need for developing Environment, Health and Safety systems in work places - Accident Case Studies
- Status and relationship of Acts - Regulations and Codes of Practice - Role of trade union safety
representatives. International initiatives - Ergonomics and work place.

UNIT II OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND HYGIENE 9

Definition of the term occupational health and hygiene - Categories of health hazards - Exposure
pathways and human responses to hazardous and toxic substances - Advantages and limitations of
environmental monitoring and occupational exposure limits - Hierarchy of control measures for
occupational health risks - Role of personal protective equipment and the selection criteria - Effects
on humans - control methods and reduction strategies for noise, radiation and excessive stress.

UNIT III WORKPLACE SAFETY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS 9

Features of Satisfactory and Safe design of work premises – good housekeeping - lighting and colour,
Ventilation and Heat Control – Electrical Safety – Fire Safety – Safe Systems of work for manual
handling operations – Machine guarding – Working at different levels – Process and System Safety.

UNIT IV HAZARDS AND RISK MANAGEMENT 9

Safety appraisal - analysis and control techniques – plant safety inspection – Accident investigation
- Analysis and Reporting – Hazard and Risk Management Techniques – major accident hazard control
– Onsite and Offsite emergency Plans.

UNIT V ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT 9

Concept of Environmental Health and Safety Management – Elements of Environmental Health and
Safety Management Policy and methods of its effective implementation and review – Elements of
Management Principles – Education and Training – Employee Participation.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, the student is expected to be able to:
CO1:Describe, with example, the common work-related diseases and accidents in occupational
setting
CO2:Name essential members of the Occupational Health team
CO3:What roles can a community health practitioners play in an Occupational setting to ensure the
209
 protection, promotion and maintenance of the health of the employee.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
Understand the basic
3 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO1 concept of safety.
Obtain knowledge of
CO2 Statutory Regulations 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
and standards.
Know about the safety
CO3 Activities of the 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
Working Place.
Analyze on the impact
CO4 of Occupational
3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
Exposures and their
Remedies
Obtain knowledge of
CO5 Risk Assessment 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
Techniques.
Industrial safety 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

210
22152FE77A WEARABLE DEVICES LTPC
3003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The student should be made to:
 To know the hardware requirement of wearable systems
 To understand the communication and security aspects in the wearable devices
 To know the applications of wearable devices in the field of medicine

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO WEARABLE SYSTEMS AND SENSORS 9

Wearable Systems- Introduction, Need for Wearable Systems, Drawbacks of Conventional Systems
for Wearable Monitoring, Applications of Wearable Systems, Types of Wearable Systems,
Components of wearable Systems. Sensors for wearable systems-Inertia movement sensors,
Respiration activity sensor, Impedance plethysmography, Wearable ground reaction force sensor.
UNIT II SIGNAL PROCESSING AND ENERGY HARVESTING FOR WEARABLE
DEVICES 9
Wearability issues -physical shape and placement of sensor, Technical challenges - sensor design,
signal acquisition, sampling frequency for reduced energy consumption, Rejection of irrelevant
information. Power Requirements- Solar cell, Vibration based, Thermal based, Human body as a
heat source for power generation, Hybrid thermoelectric photovoltaic energy harvests, Thermopiles.

UNIT III WIRELESS HEALTH SYSTEMS 9

Need for wireless monitoring, Definition of Body area network, BAN and Healthcare, Technical
Challenges- System security and reliability, BAN Architecture – Introduction, Wireless
communication Techniques.

UNIT IV SMART TEXTILE 9

Introduction to smart textile- Passive smart textile, active smart textile. Fabrication Techniques-
Conductive Fibres, Treated Conductive Fibres, Conductive Fabrics, Conductive Inks.Case study-
smart fabric for monitoring biological parameters - ECG, respiration.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS OF WEARABLE SYSTEMS 9

Medical Diagnostics, Medical Monitoring-Patients with chronic disease, Hospital patients, Elderly
patients, neural recording, Gait analysis, Sports Medicine.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Describe the concepts of wearable system.
CO2: Explain the energy harvestings in wearable device.
CO3: Use the concepts of BAN in health care.
CO4: Illustrate the concept of smart textile
CO5: Compare the various wearable devices in healthcare system

TEXT BOOKS

1. Annalisa Bonfiglo and Danilo De Rossi, Wearable Monitoring Systems, Springer, 2011
2. Zhang and Yuan-Ting, Wearable Medical Sensors and Systems,Springer, 2013
211
 3. Edward Sazonov and Micheal R Neuman, Wearable Sensors: Fundamentals,
Implementation and Applications, Elsevier, 2014
4. Mehmet R. Yuce and JamilY.Khan, Wireless Body Area Networks Technology,
Implementation applications,Pan Stanford Publishing Pte.Ltd, Singapore, 2012

REFERENCES
1. Sandeep K.S, Gupta, Tridib Mukherjee and Krishna Kumar Venkatasubramanian, Body
Area Networks Safety, Security, and Sustainability, Cambridge University Press, 2013.
2. Guang-Zhong Yang, Body Sensor Networks, Springer, 2006.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
PO’s PSO’s
CO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
4 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
5 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
AVg. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

212
22152FE77B MEDICAL INFORMATICS LTPC
3 0 03
Preamble:
1. To study the applications of information technology in health care management.
2. the acquisition, storage, retrieval, and use of information in health and biomedicine.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL INFORMATICS 9

Introduction - Structure of Medical Informatics –Internet and Medicine -Security issues , Computer
based medical information retrieval, Hospital management and information system, Functional
capabilities of a computerized HIS, Health Informatics – Medical Informatics, Bioinformatics

UNIT II COMPUTERS IN CLINICAL LABORATORY AND MEDICAL IMAGING 9

Automated clinical laboratories-Automated methods in hematology, cytology and histology,
Intelligent Laboratory Information System - Computer assisted medical imaging- nuclear
medicine, ultrasound imaging, computed X-ray tomography, Radiation therapy and
planning, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.

UNIT III COMPUTERISED PATIENT RECORD 9

Introduction - conventional patient record, Components and functionality of CPR, Development
tools, Intranet, CPR in Radiology- Application server provider, Clinical information system,
Computerized prescriptions for patients.

UNIT IV COMPUTER ASSISTED MEDICAL DECISION-MAKING 9

Neuro computers and Artificial Neural Networks application, Expert system-General model of CMD,
Computer–assisted decision support system-production rule system cognitive model, semantic
networks, decisions analysis inclinical medicine-computers in the care of critically ill patients,
Computer aids for the handicapped.

UNIT V RECENT TRENDS IN MEDICAL INFORMATICS 9

Virtual reality applications in medicine, Virtual endoscopy, Computer assisted surgery, Surgical
simulation, Telemedicine - Tele surgery, Computer assisted patient education and health- Medical
education and healthcare information, computer assisted instruction in medicine.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1:Explain the structure and functional capabilities of Hospital Information System.
CO2:Describe the need of computers in medical imaging and automated clinical laboratory.
CO3:Articulate the functioning of information storage and retrieval in computerized patient record
system.
CO4:Apply the suitable decision support system for automated clinical diagnosis.
CO5:Discuss the application of virtual reality and telehealth technology in medical industry.

213
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mohan Bansal, “Medical informatics”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd, 2003.
2. R.D.Lele, “Computers in medicine progress in medical informatics”, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2005

REFERENCES:
1. Kathryn J. Hannah, Marion J Ball, “Health Informatics”, 3rd Edition, Springer, 2006

CO’s- PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
4 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
5 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
AVg. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

214